TIDMADM 
 
 
   5 March 2020 
 
   Admiral Group plc announces a record Group profit before tax of GBP526.1 
million for the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
   2019 Results Highlights 
 
 
 
 
                                         2019             2018        % change 
 
Group's share of profit before             GBP526.1         GBP479.3 
 tax(*1)                                    million          million      +10% 
                                           GBP522.6         GBP476.2 
Group statutory profit before tax           million          million      +10% 
 
Earnings per share                      148.3 pence      137.1 pence       +8% 
 
Full year dividend                      140.0 pence      126.0 pence      +11% 
 
Return on equity(*1)                            52%              56%       -7% 
 
Group turnover(*1)                  GBP3.46 billion  GBP3.28 billion       +5% 
Group net revenue                   GBP1.35 billion  GBP1.26 billion       +7% 
Group customers(*1)                    6.98 million     6.51 million       +7% 
UK insurance customers(*1)             5.48 million     5.24 million       +4% 
International car insurance 
 customers(*1)                         1.42 million     1.22 million      +16% 
 
Group's share of price comparison 
 profit(*1)                         GBP18.0 million   GBP8.8 million     +105% 
Statutory price comparison profit   GBP14.7 million   GBP6.6 million     +123% 
 
Solvency ratio (post dividend)(*2)             190%             194%       -2% 
 
 
 
 
   (*1) Alternative Performance Measures - refer to the end of the report 
for definition and explanation 
 
   (*2) Unaudited. Refer to capital structure and financial position 
section later in the report for further information 
 
   Around 10,000 staff each receive free shares worth up to GBP3,600 under 
the employee share scheme based on the full year 2019 results. All staff 
will also receive a one-off GBP500 bonus to reflect the Group's strong 
performance in 2019. 
 
   Comment from David Stevens, Group Chief Executive Officer: 
 
   "Admiral tends, year after year, to exhibit a relentless forward 
momentum, which my predecessor described as "going like a freight 
train". 
 
   "Was 2019 another "freight train" year? 
 
   "Very much so.  In so many ways. 
 
   "It was a year which saw profits exceed GBP500 million for the first 
time, on the back of substantial reserve releases.  We crossed the 
million mark in household policyholders, and added 200,000 new car 
insurance customers overseas. 
 
   "Alongside this rapid progress on many fronts, some data points were 
stubbornly stable.  The number of consecutive years amongst the top 
performers in the "Best Companies" list only nudged up from 19 years to 
20.  The percentage of staff saying they are proud to work for Admiral 
was stuck in a narrow band in the mid-90's.  As was the percentage of 
customers who said they wanted to renew with Admiral following a claim. 
 
   "Consistently happy staff, consistently happy customers.  Hopefully 
happy shareholders. 
 
   "I announced this morning that I am going to be stepping down as CEO in 
12 months' time.  I fully expect that Admiral's talented senior 
management, led by our very talented CEO designate, Milena Mondini, will 
be more than ready to maintain, or even stoke up, Admiral's relentless 
momentum." 
 
   Annette Court, Admiral Group Chair, commented: 
 
   "I am delighted to report another year of record profit in 2019 and a 
strong set of results. It was also pleasing to receive a recent award as 
the only company to appear in the Sunday Times Best Large Company to 
Work For shortlist every year since the inception of the awards 20 years 
ago. These results are testament to our people, who continue to be at 
the core of our success and highlight every day the real difference that 
they make through their focus on great customer service. 
 
   "Following from the announcement today of Admiral's CEO David Stevens 
informing the Board of his intention to retire in twelve months' time, 
I'd like to thank him for his amazing contribution over the past 27 
years to Admiral's success. Since he's not leaving for another 12 months, 
I'll reserve my fuller accolades until that time. 
 
   "Having been through a comprehensive and robust succession process, the 
Board is confident that in Milena Mondini we have a natural successor 
and a leader for the next generation, supported by a very strong 
management team. Milena brings a deep appreciation of the special 
Admiral culture, entrepreneurial spirit, commercial track record and 
people development skills." 
 
   Dividend 
 
   The Board has proposed a final dividend of 77.0 pence per share (2018: 
66.0p) representing a normal dividend (65% of post-tax profits) of 56.3 
pence and a special dividend of 20.7 pence per share. The dividend will 
be paid on 1 June 2020. The ex-dividend date is 7 May 2020 and the 
record date is 11 May 2020. 
 
   Management presentation 
 
   Analysts and investors will be able to access the Admiral Group 
management presentation which commences at 11am GMT on Thursday 5 March 
2020 by registering at the following link 
https://pres.admiralgroup.co.uk/admiral037/vip_connect. A copy of the 
presentation slides will be available at www.admiralgroup.co.uk 
 
   Chair Statement 
 
   2019 marks another year of very strong results for Admiral, and also the 
announcement of a change of leadership. It is hard to sum up the amazing 
contribution that David has made to the Group over the last 27 years. 
As one of the founders he has overseen the business grow from a standing 
start to become one of the UK's largest motor insurers, employing over 
10,000 people, serving seven million customers and with a market value 
today of over GBP6 billion. 
 
   David isn't going just yet and I don't want to use up all my accolades 
until he actually steps down in 12 months' time.  David brings a unique 
combination of great brainpower, integrity, innovation, caring and 
humility.  As an individual, his compassion for colleagues and customers 
alike encapsulates Admiral's approach and ethos. Suffice to say, it 
continues to be a real pleasure to work with him. 
 
   Having been through a comprehensive and robust succession process, the 
Board is confident that in Milena we have a natural successor and a 
leader for the next generation.  We have a wealth of management talent 
at Admiral and bringing this through has always been a central pillar to 
Admiral's management philosophy as the business evolves alongside its 
customers.  Milena brings a deep appreciation of the special Admiral 
culture, entrepreneurial spirit, commercial track record and people 
development skills. 
 
   Looking back at 2019 
 
   I am delighted to report another year of strong performance in 2019, 
beating many records. This is once again due to our people. They make 
the real difference at Admiral. Their focus on serving our customers, 
the distinctive culture and their contribution to the communities in 
which Admiral operates is what makes Admiral truly different. 
 
   The Group has continued to grow with turnover increasing by 5% to GBP3.5 
billion, whilst customer numbers are 7% higher than 2018 at 6.98 
million. The Group's share of pre-tax profit increased by 10% to GBP526 
million driven by UK Motor insurance, with strong releases of prior year 
claims reserves. Once again we were impacted by Ogden (the Personal 
Injury Discount Rate). Although the final rate was set at -0.25%, and 
therefore lower than our expectations, we were able to deliver 
significantly increased profits resulting in an early trading update to 
notify the market of higher than expected profit. Earnings per share 
rose by 8% and return on equity was 52%. The Group's solvency ratio 
remains robust at 190% (194% at the end of 2018). 
 
   This strong performance was due to contributions from businesses across 
the Group. Particularly of note was UK Insurance (Motor, Household, 
Travel), European insurance and Confused.com. Our Loans business 
continues to develop well and we continue to build this business with 
our usual cautious approach. We have encountered more challenges in the 
US, so we still continue to strengthen fundamentals there. 
 
   Focusing on the UK, we maintained a disciplined approach and prioritised 
profitability over growth, by increasing prices as a result of continued 
claims inflation. This led to modest growth over the period. The 
regulatory environment in the UK continues to evolve, with whiplash 
reform and the FCA market pricing study being key features of 2019 and 
into 2020. Approximately 80% of Admiral customers shop around at renewal, 
so we are encouraged that the majority choose to remain with us and is 
an indicator of our good customer experience and competitive pricing. 
 
   As a result of our Brexit restructuring, 1 January 2019 marked the start 
of operations for our European insurance hub in Madrid. The hub allows 
us to underwrite and support our growing European insurance businesses 
and ensures that we are well placed for a full range of potential 
circumstances without disrupting our customers. 
 
   Dividend 
 
   Our dividend policy remains that we pay a normal dividend of 65% of 
post-tax profit and distribute each year the available surplus over and 
above what we retain to meet regulatory requirements, the future 
development of our business and appropriate buffers. The Directors have 
recommended a final dividend of 77 pence per share (2018: 66 pence per 
share) for the year to 31 December 2019 representing a distribution of 
90% of our second half earnings. 
 
   This will bring the total dividend for the year to 140 pence per share, 
an overall increase of 11%. This represents a pay-out ratio of 94%. The 
Group has delivered a Total Shareholder Return (TSR) of 361% over the 
last 10 years. 
 
   Group Board in 2019 
 
   The Board recognises the need for a strong corporate governance 
framework and supporting processes across the Group and believes that 
good governance, with the tone set from the top, is a key factor in 
delivering sustainable business performance and creating value for all 
the Group's stakeholders. 
 
   We reviewed our Group strategy in 2019 which remains straightforward and 
highly focused on building customer-centric, sustainable businesses for 
the long-term. We strive to keep doing what we're doing, and do it 
better year after year. 
 
   In our UK insurance business, we remain determined to strengthen our 
core competitive advantages and pursue our culture of innovation and 
test and learn approach. For example, we are continuing to deploy 
technology relating to digital and self-service to improve the customer 
experience and overall efficiencies. 
 
   We also continue to take what we do well and what we learn to new 
markets and new products, both in the UK and abroad. We are agile enough 
to adapt to evolving business environments and encourage entrepreneurial 
initiatives to solve challenges and offer the best outcome to our 
customers, people and investors. One example is the launch of Household 
insurance in France. 
 
   From a governance perspective, we have applied the principles of the new 
Corporate Governance Code which ensures that we will continue to take on 
board the views of all of our stakeholders in our discussions and 
decision making.  As you would expect, we already have strong links with 
our people and in 2019, the Board revisited and enhanced several areas 
of focus including our culture, engagement, diversity, our impact on the 
environment and climate change, and how we give back and participate in 
the communities in which we operate through our Ministry of Giving. 
 
   To ensure that we further enhance the strong links between the Board and 
Admiral employees, we have set up an Employee Consultation Group (ECG). 
This group, elected by employees, meets on a regular basis and provides 
a two-way link between the Board and wider staff. I and other members of 
the Board have had the privilege of attending these sessions and I am 
impressed by the passion and energy our people have for continuing to 
shape the business and a real desire to ensure that we remain a great 
company to work for. An example of this is considering ways in which we 
can better use flexible working. 
 
   There is further work to do to ensure that views of our international 
employees across the Group are better represented, so we will be 
building on this approach over the next twelve months. 
 
   Once again Admiral was recognised as a Great Place to Work in 2019. We 
were awarded the Sunday Times best company to work for in the UK, 7(th) 
best multinational workplace in Europe, 3(rd) best workplace for women 
in the UK and 18(th) best workplace in the world! Of course, this his 
doesn't happen by accident. We continue to believe that if people like 
what they do, they do it better. Our people feel involved because they 
have a voice, they are shareholders in our business, and they genuinely 
care. 
 
   Having our people as shareholders remains a distinctive element of 
Admiral's incentive schemes These are designed to ensure that decisions 
are made by management to support long-term value growth, that the right 
behaviours are rewarded and that our people's interests are aligned with 
those of shareholders. Our core belief is that over the long-term, share 
appreciation depends on delivering great outcomes for our customers. 
 
   During the year, I had the pleasure of visiting our operations in the UK, 
France, Italy, Spain and the US where I was able to engage with a wide 
variety of people. It is always wonderful to see the Admiral culture so 
deeply ingrained in offices across the globe. This culture was just as 
clearly embedded for me at the annual Staff General Meeting and the 
annual management off-site event. In 2019, the Board also attended a 
Claims education session in Newport as part of our ongoing Board 
education programme, and we each had the opportunity to engage with 
claims employees and visit a local repairer which was very insightful in 
seeing more evidence of our service in practice. 
 
   The Board and I feel that there is a good balance of experience, skills 
and knowledge to support and challenge the management team, and that 
operations are supported by effective governance and control systems. 
There have been no changes to the Board composition in 2019 following 
three new appointments in 2018 but the Board and I expect to appoint an 
additional non-executive director with a technology background in early 
2020. We will continue to review all aspects of diversity to ensure that 
we are well-prepared to guide the Group through our next phase of 
growth. 
 
   During the year the Board and each of its Committees undertook reviews 
of their effectiveness. As part of the three-year cycle we undertook an 
external effectiveness review of the Board in 2019, including 
consideration of the principles of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code. 
The conclusions provided useful feedback on its performance. 
 
   Our focus areas for the Board remain to: 
 
 
   -- Continue to build on the remarkably special Admiral culture and in so 
      doing putting our people, customers and wider impact on the community at 
      the heart of what we do 
 
   -- Continue the history of growth, profitability and innovation 
 
   -- Invest in the development and growth of our people -- we have focused on 
      the quality and development of our senior management team, added to our 
      talent base by some external hires, and reviewed our succession pipeline 
 
 
   --Ensure excellent governance and the highest standards 
 
   Our role in Society 
 
   Admiral takes its role in society very seriously and has an active 
approach to Corporate Responsibility (more information in Corporate 
Social Responsibility Report on the Admiral website) We are proud to be 
Wales' only FTSE 100 headquartered company and employ over 7,000 people 
in South Wales. Our people play an active part in the communities in 
which we operate. We carefully consider our impact on the community and 
environment, including factors such as the green credentials of our 
buildings, raising funds for multiple charities, and considering the 
impact of climate change across the business. 
 
   This year we reviewed our responsible investment policy with regard to 
our ESG positioning. We aim to be an economically strong and responsible 
business over the long-term, guided by a clear purpose, to make a 
positive and significant impact not just to our customers and our people 
but to the economy and society. 
 
   Thank you 
 
   On behalf of the Board I would like to thank everyone at Admiral for 
their continued hard work and contribution to the Group's results in 
2019. I would also like to thank our shareholders for their support and 
confidence. Most of all I would like to thank our customers for placing 
their business with us. 
 
   Annette Court 
 
   Group Chair 
 
   4 March 2020 
 
   Chief Executive's Statement 
 
   The combination of a new decade and an imminent, if not immediate, 
change of leadership at Admiral provides me with a valid excuse to 
comment across a longer time period than a typical CEO statement in an 
annual report. 
 
   Almost a decade ago, my predecessor, Henry, with his inimitable talent 
for a colourful phrase to light up a CEO statement, described the 
company as a "snowball going like a freight train -- downhill" (2010's 
CEO statement). I know I'm not alone in having enjoyed Henry's CEO 
statements, with his penchant for colourful, often gastronomic, 
analogies.  I confess, however, in this instance, I might have avoided 
both "snowball" -- with associations of fragility and transience - and 
"downhill" -- with associations of, well... "downhill"; neither of which 
entirely reassured on the sustainability of Admiral's model. 
 
   But I did love "going like a freight train".  A freight train -- not 
racy, not glamourous (who needs a glamourous insurance company); but 
progressing ever onwards with a relentless, implacable forward momentum. 
 
   That relentless forward momentum has seen us grow, year in year out, 
over the decade with the number of customers we serve growing from 1.9 
million to 7.0 million overall, and from just over 100k to 1.4 million 
beyond the UK, while also growing our profits from GBP206 million to 
GBP526 million. 
 
   Did 2019 itself fit into this narrative of relentless momentum? 
 
   Very much so.  In so many ways. 
 
   It was a year which saw profits exceed GBP500 million for the first time, 
on the back of substantial reserve releases.  We crossed the million 
mark in household policyholders and sold our first household policy 
beyond the UK.  By year end, we had almost sold our 100,000th loan (and 
have, at time of writing, done so).  We believe (hard to prove it) we 
have become the biggest (non-fleet) van insurer in the UK, only 2.5 
years after starting to underwrite van insurance. 
 
   Alongside this rapid progress on many fronts, some data points were 
stubbornly stable.  The number of consecutive years amongst the top 
performers in the "Best Places To Work" only nudged up from 19 years to 
20. 
 
   The percentage of staff saying they are proud to work for Admiral was 
stuck in a narrow band in the mid-90's.  As was the percentage of 
customers who said they wanted to renew with Admiral following a claim. 
 
   Consistently happy staff, consistently happy customers. 
 
   Reassuringly stable outcomes, that are fundamental to our relentless 
forward momentum; a momentum fuelled by a sustainably healthy culture: 
 
 
   -- A culture that, in many different ways, attracts & retains people, at all 
      levels, who are simply better at their jobs than most of their peers in 
      the industry. 
 
   -- A culture that respects and promotes a set of fundamental skills in risk 
      selection, claim handling, customer support and expense control that are 
      core to success in insurance. 
 
   -- A culture that emphasises the long term over the short term; long term 
      prosperity ahead of short-term financials; a sustainable balance in the 
      outcomes for staff, customers and shareholders. 
 
 
   It is a source of huge satisfaction to me, as I contemplate the end of 
my period of stewardship of Admiral, that I will leave a wonderful 
company in the hands of a wonderful top management team in Geraint, 
Cristina, Scott & Elena, very ably supported by great leaders running 
important subsidiaries and key Group functions. They are collectively 
more than capable, of not just sustaining, but also of evolving, 
Admiral's potent culture.  And I am particularly glad that, in Milena, I 
have a successor who has the intelligence, the values, the track record 
and the clarity of vision to take on the role of Group CEO; to 
"reinterpret" the culture, to maintain its relevance over the next 
decade; to reinforce the elements that remain key to our future success; 
and, equally importantly, to set aside elements that will inevitably 
slip past their "sell-by" date. 
 
   Thereby ensuring that Admiral will continue to "go like a freight train" 
in the years to come. 
 
   David Stevens, CBE 
 
   Group Chief Executive Officer 
 
   4 March 2020 
 
   Chief Financial Officer's Review 
 
   A headline 10% increase in pre-tax profit - to a new record level - is a 
really pleasing result, and so I'll start my review by looking at what's 
driving that very positive move: 
 
 
 
 
Group share pre-tax profit 
 GBPm                        2019  2018  Change 
 
UK Insurance                  597   556     +41 
International Insurance       (1)   (1)       - 
Comparison                     18     9      +9 
Admiral Loans                 (8)  (12)      +4 
Share scheme cost            (53)  (49)     (4) 
Other                        (27)  (24)     (3) 
Profit                        526   479     +47 
 
 
   The standout item is the GBP41m improvement in UK Insurance profit. 
GBP11m of that comes from an improved household result (more below). UK 
Motor profitability moved ahead by around GBP30m to GBP591m. 
 
   When trying to assess the change, it's important to remember that the 
Ogden Discount Rate (see later in the report for more detail) has 
distorted both years' results. Firstly, 2018 was positively impacted 
(GBP66m) when we changed our assumption of the rate, ahead of its 
announcement, from -0.75% to 0% at year-end.  When the new rate (-0.25%) 
was announced (mid-2019), 2019's result took a hit of around GBP33m to 
adjust for our slight optimism. That means that the underlying profit 
move is bigger than the GBP47m in the table above, though the changes in 
the Ogden rate during the period make meaningful comparison difficult. 
Thankfully we should see some stability in Ogden in the coming years. 
 
   What is clear is that UK motor profit is materially higher in 2019 than 
prior years. That has been driven by unusually high UK motor reserve 
releases that resulted from improved reserve estimates across a number 
of years. This in part is due to some 'unclogging' of large claims 
settlements caused by the recent certainty, but also generally much more 
positive trends on big claims than we expected. Admiral of course is 
(and I believe always should be) consistently prudent in setting 
reserves and normally expects significant releases, but 2019 has been 
well above average (29% v 21% over the previous five years). Profit 
commission revenue was also well ahead of recent years. 
 
   To give an idea of quantum, if the reserve release for 2019 (defined as 
reserve releases on Admiral's original net share of the business as a 
percentage of current year net premium revenue) was in line with the 
average of the prior five years, Group profit would have been around 
GBP430 million to GBP450 million. 
 
   It's also worth noting that the level of conservatism in the reserves 
(we usually think of it in terms of the margin above best estimate in 
percentage terms) is unchanged year-on-year. We were expecting it to 
reduce somewhat at 2019 year-end, but the scale and nature of the 
positive moves on the back years has led us to continue being as 
cautious as at the end of 2018 for the time being. 
 
   We would expect (though can't guarantee of course) significant releases 
again in 2020, though possibly not quite of the magnitude seen in 2019. 
We might expect the level of conservatism within the reserves to reduce 
if 2020 trends are a bit more usual. 
 
   A few other observations from the results: 
 
 
   -- Within the UK Insurance result above, our Household business made a 
      profit of around GBP8m. Still relatively small to the Group (it would be 
      over twice as big if the cost of quota share reinsurance was excluded), 
      but a decent GBP11m or so improvement on 2018's weather-impacted 
      result. The business continued to grow nicely, with 17% more customers 
      insured. We're hoping for some improvement in the non-weather loss ratio 
      in the coming years 
 
   -- In contrast (and a bit disappointingly), the International Insurance 
      result remained flat at a GBP1m loss in 2019.  This comprised a better 
      European result (GBP9m v GBP7m) offset by a higher US loss (GBP10m v 
      GBP8m).  This four-point-higher-loss-ratio-driven US result is discussed 
      further below, whilst the overall international result needs to be 
      considered alongside a very healthy 16% growth in the number of active 
      policies at year-end 
 
   -- The Comparison segment produced a very pleasing (stellar even?) doubling 
      of profit (GBP18m v GBP9m).  Confused.com led the way and more detail on 
      that is below.  Revenue growth was also strong at 14% 
 
 
   -- Admiral Loans grew its outstanding balances to GBP455m (+52%) whilst 
      revenue more than doubled.  Importantly, headcount was basically flat, a 
      nice insight into the efficiency of the business.  The loss reduced to 
      GBP8m - in line with expectation and arrears were also in line with plan 
 
 
   --Finally, 'other' costs were up around GBP8m on last year.  The biggest 
component as you can see is the Admiral share scheme charge which 
increased (GBP49m to GBP53m) as a result of improved vesting assumptions 
(improved financial results and strong shareholder return) and the 
higher share price.  We will also pay all our employees a cash bonus of 
GBP500 in recognition of the huge contribution to the Group's strong 
2019 results (around GBP6m) 
 
   Further details on the numbers are set out throughout the strategic 
review section of the report. 
 
   Highlight -- Confused.com 
 
   Picking a highlight from such a strong set of results was reassuringly 
tough.  Options included a good turnaround in UK household profit (plus 
decent growth, surpassing one million customers), strong growth and an 
improved result at L'olivier in France, continued great progress in 
Admiral Loans (not forgetting the UK motor profit).  But there's one 
standout for me, so let's hear a bit more about Confused.com. 
 
   The improvement in performance under Louise and team's leadership over 
the past two years has been stark: 
 
 
 
 
                     2017      2018      2019     2019 v 2017 
 
Revenue            GBP87.1m  GBP95.1m  GBP112.7m         +29% 
Operating profit   GBP10.1m  GBP14.3m   GBP20.4m        +102% 
Operating profit 
 %                      12%       15%        18%         +50% 
 
 
   A number of factors have contributed to that very nice doubling of 
profit v 2017 -- even more focus on profitability and cost efficiency, 
very notable improvements in marketing, customer experience and product. 
 
   From a marketing perspective, brand awareness has significantly improved 
and, in particular, spontaneous awareness almost doubled in 2019.  No 
doubt you'll have enjoyed Confused.com's sponsorship of the Rugby World 
Cup on TV whilst desperately hoping for a Welsh win. Marketing 
efficiency was also improved. 
 
   Confused's product offering is better than it was two years back, as is 
the customer journey.  Results from products beyond car insurance 
comparison have improved significantly. 
 
   Great work Louise plus Andy, John, Karen, Sam, Steve, Tamsin and the 
whole Confused.com team! 
 
   Less pleasing -- Elephant Auto 
 
   For balance and as hinted above, a disappointment in 2019 was the 
reversal in the trend of improving financials for Elephant Auto and 
associated write down of the carrying value in the parent company 
financial statements. 
 
   The last few years have seen some great progress at Elephant.  Some 
examples from 2019 include notable improvements in service levels 
(leading to a big increase in Net Promotor Score) and technology (online 
self-service as one example), launching a second brand and diversifying 
distribution channels, amongst others. 
 
   But 2019 will probably be most remembered for a deterioration in loss 
ratio (2019 underwriting year is projected around 77% v 74% for 2018 at 
the same point of development) when we were expecting the opposite. 
Much action is being and has been taken (including underwriting rule 
changes and significant rate increases) and improving the loss ratio 
will continue to be a (or actually, the) major area of focus in 2020. 
Some additional conservatism has also been built into the booked 
reserves at the end of 2019. 
 
   Partly because of the result being worse than plan, we changed to using 
shorter-term projections for the carrying value impairment test.  Whilst 
we remain confident that Elephant's result will improve in the 
short-term, and the business will go onto profitability in the (ideally) 
not too distant future, this led us to conclude that further impairment 
to the carrying value was required and a GBP66m charge was taken in the 
2019 parent company accounts. 
 
   I have faith in our team in Richmond to improve the results in 2020 (no 
pressure Alberto!). 
 
   Finally, I should also give an update on the status of our internal 
capital model. Our team has continued its intensive work, with key tasks 
during 2019 including remediation of previous findings and having the 
updated model retested, by independent internal and external validators. 
Positively, none of that work has moved the overall capital position 
materially. 
 
   In terms of next steps -- we expect to move into a pre-application phase 
with the PRA and Gibraltar regulators in the middle of 2020.  That 
process involves an assessment of our application against the 
requirements and can last six months.  After that there would be a 
further number of months for us to fix any issues that came out of that 
review.  Then we'd be in a position to make a formal application, and 
realistically we'd now expect that to be in 2021. 
 
   In March 2016's CFO statement I counted myself very lucky to have worked 
for Admiral's first CEO, Henry Engelhardt, who was about to retire after 
a reasonable 25 year shift in charge.  The exact same sentiment applies 
to my current boss - Admiral's second CEO and cofounder, David.  We'll 
pay fuller tribute when David actually steps down after the transition, 
so I'll just say that I'm very delighted we've been able to name Milena 
as David's successor.  Having sat back-to-back to her for a year or so 
(occasionally getting a word in), I know she'll do an amazing job as 
Admiral's third CEO and I'm really forward to working with her and 
continuing to be part of Admiral's leadership team for the foreseeable. 
Congratulations Milena! 
 
   Geraint Jones 
 
   Chief Financial Officer 
 
   4 March 2020 
 
   2019 Group Overview 
 
 
 
 
  GBPm                                        2019    2018    2017 
 
    Turnover (GBPbn) *1*2                      3.46    3.28    2.96 
 
  Underwriting profit including investment 
   income*1                                   238.0   211.2   177.7 
  Profit commission                           114.9    93.2    67.0 
  Net other revenue and expenses              182.3   183.1   170.2 
  Operating profit                            535.2   487.5   414.9 
  Group Statutory profit before tax           522.6   476.2   403.5 
  Group's Share of profit before tax*1        526.1   479.3   405.4 
 
  UK Insurance                                597.4   555.6   465.5 
  International Insurance                     (0.9)   (1.1)  (14.3) 
  Comparison                                   18.0     8.8     7.1 
  Loans                                       (8.4)  (11.8)   (4.4) 
  Other                                      (80.0)  (72.2)  (48.5) 
  Group's Share of profit before tax*1        526.1   479.3   405.4 
 
 Key metrics: 
  Group loss ratio*1*2                        64.9%   67.3%   66.2% 
  Group expense ratio*1*2                     23.7%   22.9%   21.5% 
  Group combined ratio*1                      88.6%   90.2%   87.7% 
  Customer numbers (million)                   6.98    6.51    5.73 
 
  Earnings per share                         148.3p  137.1p  117.2p 
  Dividends                                  140.0p  126.0p  114.0p 
  Return on Equity*1                            52%     56%     55% 
  Solvency Ratio                               190%    194%    205% 
 
   (*1) Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to the end of this report 
for definition and explanation 
 
   (*2) See note 13 for a reconciliation of Turnover and reported loss and 
expense ratios to the financial statements 
 
   Key highlights of the Group's result for 2019 are as follows: 
 
 
   -- Continued growth in turnover (GBP3.46 billion, up 5% on 2018) and 
      customer numbers (6.98 million, up 7% on 2018) 
 
   -- Group's share of pre-tax profits of GBP526.1 million (2018: GBP479.3 
      million) and statutory profit before tax of GBP522.6 million (2018: 
      GBP476.2 million) 
 
   -- The main driver of the strong growth in Group profit was a higher UK 
      Insurance result, which benefitted from very positive development in 
      prior years claims costs and elevated reserve releases and profit 
      commission, partially offset by higher central costs 
 
   -- UK Insurance turnover and customers both increased by 2% and 4% 
      respectively to GBP2.63 billion and 5.5 million (2018: GBP2.58 billion 
      and 5.2 million), as the business continued to prioritise margin over 
      volume by increasing rates ahead of the market 
 
   -- UK Household saw strong growth in turnover and customer numbers, with an 
      improved result of GBP7.5 million (2018: GBP3.0 million loss) after more 
      benign weather experience in 2019 in comparison to 2018 
 
   -- The European insurance businesses delivered a higher profit of GBP8.7 
      million (2018: GBP6.4 million), offset by an increased loss in the US 
      insurance business (GBP9.6m in 2019 v GBP7.5m in 2018). The overall 
      international insurance loss was GBP0.9 million (2018: GBP1.1 million 
      loss). 
 
 
   --The Comparison businesses recorded aggregate profits (excluding 
minority interests' share) of GBP18.0 million (2018: GBP8.8 million), 
with the increase mainly driven by a very strong profit from 
Confused.com of GBP20.4 million (2018: GBP14.3 million) 
 
   Change in UK discount rate ('Ogden') 
 
   Following the announcement in mid-2019 by the UK Government, the Ogden 
discount rate, which is used in setting personal injury compensation, 
was changed to minus 0.25% from the existing minus 0.75% rate that had 
been in place since February 2017. The change came into effect on 5 
August 2019 and the minus 0.25% rate is expected to remain in place for 
up to the next five years. 
 
   Admiral assumed a 0% rate in setting best estimate claims reserves at 31 
December 2018 and 2018's pre-tax profit was positively impacted by GBP66 
million as a result of the move from minus 0.75%. As a result of the 
actual rate being 25 basis points lower than the assumed 0%, 2019's 
profit before tax is adversely impacted by around GBP33 million. 
 
   Earnings per share 
 
   Earnings per share increased by 8% to 148.3 pence (2018: 137.1 pence), 
with growth slightly lower than the pre-tax profit growth of 10% due to 
an increase in the weighted average number of shares. 
 
   Dividends 
 
   The Group's dividend policy is to pay 65% of post-tax profits as a 
normal dividend and to pay a further special dividend comprising 
earnings not required to be held in the Group for solvency capital 
requirements including management internal risk appetite above the 
regulatory minimum. 
 
   The Board has proposed a final dividend of 77.0 pence per share 
(approximately GBP222 million), split as follows: 
 
 
   -- 56.3 pence per share normal dividend, based on the dividend policy of 
      distributing 65% of post-tax profits; plus 
 
   -- A special dividend of 20.7 pence per share 
 
 
   This final dividend is 17% ahead of the 2018 final dividend (66.0 pence 
per share), with a pay-out ratio of 90% for H2 2019. 
 
   The total dividend for the 2019 financial year is 140.0 pence per share, 
reflecting an 11% increase on 2018 and a 94% pay-out ratio. 
 
   The payment is due on 1 June 2020, ex-dividend date 7 May 2020 and 
record date 11 May 2020. 
 
   Return on equity 
 
   The Group's return on equity was 52% in 2019, lower than the 56% in 
2018. Whilst the Group's share of post-tax profits grew by 9%, the 
group's share of average equity grew faster at 19% resulting in a lower 
overall return. The significant growth in profits in the second half of 
2019 contributed to the increase in the group's share of equity. 
 
   Capital structure and financial position 
 
   The Group's co-insurance and reinsurance arrangements for the UK Car 
Insurance business are in place at least until the end of 2020. The 
Group's net retained share of that business is 22%. Munich Re will 
underwrite 40% of the business, through co-insurance (30%) and 
reinsurance (10%) arrangements, until at least the end of 2020. 
Extensions beyond 2020 are expected to be confirmed during the first 
half of 2020. 
 
   Similar longer-term arrangements are in place in the Group's 
international insurance operations and the UK Household and Van 
businesses. 
 
   The Group continues to manage its capital to ensure that all entities 
are able to continue as going concerns and that regulated entities 
comfortably meet regulatory capital requirements. Surplus capital within 
subsidiaries is paid up to the Group holding company in the form of 
dividends. 
 
   The Group's regulatory capital is based on the Solvency II Standard 
Formula, with a capital add-on to reflect recognised limitations in the 
Standard Formula with respect to Admiral's business (predominantly in 
respect of profit commission arrangements in co- and reinsurance 
agreements and risks arising from claims including Periodic Payment 
Order (PPO) claims). 
 
   The Group continues to develop its partial internal model to form the 
basis of future capital requirements and expects to enter the PRA's 
pre-application process during 2020. Formal application for regulatory 
approval to use the model is expected to follow in 2021.  In the interim 
period before submission, the current capital add-on basis will continue 
to be used to calculate the regulatory capital requirement. 
 
   The estimated and unaudited regulatory Solvency II position for the 
Group at the date of this report is as follows: 
 
   Group capital position (unaudited) 
 
 
 
 
Group                                           GBPbn 
----------------------------------------------  ----- 
Eligible Own Funds (pre 2019 final dividend)     1.42 
2019 final dividend                              0.22 
Eligible Own Funds (post 2019 final dividend)    1.20 
Solvency II capital requirement(*1)              0.63 
Surplus over regulatory capital requirement      0.57 
Solvency ratio (post dividend)(*2)               190% 
 
   *1  Solvency capital requirement includes updated capital add-on which 
is subject to regulatory approval. 
 
   *2  Solvency ratio calculated on a volatility adjusted basis. 
 
   The Group's capital includes GBP200 million ten year dated subordinated 
bonds. The rate of interest is fixed at 5.5% and the bonds mature in 
July 2024. The bonds qualify as tier two capital under the Solvency II 
regulatory regime. 
 
   Estimated sensitivities to the current Group solvency ratio are 
presented in the table below. These sensitivities cover the two most 
material risk types, insurance risk and market risk, and within these 
risks cover the most significant elements of the risk profile. Aside 
from the catastrophe events, estimated sensitivities have not been 
calibrated to individual return periods. 
 
   Solvency ratio sensitivities (unaudited) 
 
 
 
 
                                                 2019  2018 
UK Motor -- incurred loss ratio +5%              -23%  -27% 
UK Motor -- 1 in 200 catastrophe event            -1%   -2% 
UK Household -- 1 in 200 catastrophe event        -2%   -2% 
Interest rate -- yield curve down 50 bps          -5%  -12% 
Credit spreads widen 100 bps                      -8%   -5% 
Currency -- 25% movement in euro and US dollar    -3%   -3% 
ASHE -- long term inflation assumption up 0.5%    -3%  -10% 
Loans -- 100% worsening in experience             -3%   -1% 
 
 
   The sensitivity to interest rates and long-term ASHE inflation is lower 
at the end of 2019, compared to the previous year end. This reflects a 
reduction in the assumption of the number of open claims that are 
expected to settle as periodic payment orders. 
 
   Taxation 
 
   The tax charge reported in the consolidated income statement is GBP94.2 
million (2018: GBP85.7 million), equating to 18.0 % of pre-tax profit 
(2018: 18.0%). 
 
   Investments and cash 
 
   Investment strategy 
 
   Admiral Group's underlying investment strategy remains the same - the 
main focus is on capital preservation, with additional priorities 
including low volatility of returns, high levels of liquidity and 
appropriate matching of asset/liability duration and currency. All 
objectives continue to be met. The Group's Investment Committee performs 
regular reviews of the strategy to ensure it remains appropriate. 
 
   Admiral's investment approach evolved in two main ways during 2019: 
 
 
   -- Formal adoption of a responsible investment strategy which focusses on 
      ensuring Environmental, Social and Governance criteria are considered 
      within investment decision making 
 
   -- Widening the opportunity set of investments to achieve greater returns 
      without material change in market risk capital allocated to investments. 
      Examples included high quality (AAA) asset backed securities, private 
      debt assets and global bond strategies, actively managed on a total 
      return basis 
 
 
   Cash and investments analysis 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                                  2019     2018     2017 
---------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Fixed income and debt securities                     1,957.8  1,568.6  1,493.5 
Money market funds and other fair value instruments  1,160.2  1,301.1  1,074.3 
Cash deposits                                          116.5    100.0    130.0 
Cash                                                   281.7    376.8    326.8 
Total                                                3,516.2  3,346.5  3,024.6 
 
 
   Investment and interest income in 2019 was GBP35.3 million, a decrease 
of GBP0.7 million on 2018 (GBP36.0 million).  2019 investment income is 
negatively impacted by an accrual of GBP12.9 million relating to quota 
share reinsurance arrangements (2018: nil). Excluding this, investment 
and interest income in 2019 was GBP48.2 million, an increase of GBP12.2 
million compared to 2018 due to higher average balances and an increase 
in the average rate of return in 2019, partly due to the changes noted 
above. Fixed income was increased by rebalancing other holdings, and new 
mandates including very high-quality asset backed securities and senior 
private debt. 
 
   The underlying rate of return for the year (excluding accruals related 
to reinsurance contract funds withheld) on the Group's cash and 
investments was 1.4% (2018: 1.2%). 
 
   The Group continues to generate significant amounts of cash and its 
capital-efficient business model enables the distribution of the 
majority of post-tax profits as dividends. 
 
   Cash flow 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                                  2019     2018     2017 
---------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Operating cash flow, before movements in 
 investments                                           518.1    488.5    617.6 
Transfers to financial investments                   (188.7)  (248.8)  (229.4) 
Operating cash flow                                    329.4    239.7    388.2 
Tax payments                                          (92.8)   (55.6)   (55.9) 
Investing cash flows (capital expenditure)            (33.6)   (23.9)   (22.7) 
Financing cash flows                                 (392.4)  (346.8)  (310.0) 
Loans funding through special purpose entity            85.9    220.2        - 
Net contributions from non-controlling interests         1.6     19.3        - 
Foreign currency translation impact                      6.8    (2.9)      0.6 
Net cash movement                                     (95.1)     50.0      0.2 
---------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Movement in unrealised gains on investments             34.6   (26.6)     11.2 
Movement in accrued interest                            41.5     49.7     37.0 
Net increase in cash and financial investments         169.7    321.9    277.8 
 
 
   The main items contributing to the operating cash inflow are as follows: 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                                   2019     2018     2017 
----------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------ 
Profit after tax                                        428.4    390.5   331.6 
 
Change in net insurance liabilities                      50.4    176.6    53.2 
Net change in trade receivables and liabilities          27.4     14.9   195.2 
Change in loans and advances to customers             (168.7)  (242.9)  (65.2) 
Non-cash income statement items                          86.4     63.7    30.9 
Taxation expense                                         94.2     85.7    71.9 
Operating cash flow, before movements in investments    518.1    488.5   617.6 
----------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------ 
 
 
   Net cash and investments have increased by GBP169.7 million or 5% (2018: 
GBP321.9 million, 11%).   The main drivers include the Group's share of 
increase in funding for the Admiral Loans business, increased tax 
payments in 2019 (due to timing) and increased dividend payments. 
 
   The Group's results are presented in the following sections as: 
 
 
   --  UK Insurance -- including UK Motor (Car and Van), Household, Travel 
 
   -- International Insurance -- including L'olivier (France), Admiral Seguros 
      (Spain), ConTe (Italy), Elephant (US) 
 
   -- Comparison -- including Confused.com (UK), LeLynx (France), Rastreator 
      (Spain), Compare.com (US), Preminen (emerging markets) 
 
   UK and European Insurance Review -- Milena Mondini, Group CEO Designate 
 
   What an eventful year! I'm sure that 2019 will remain particularly 
memorable for breaking the half billion profit record. In the UK, 
unusually high reserve releases in UK motor was the driver, whilst the 
European operations showed a combined profit for the second year. 
 
   While in the UK, the theme was 'discipline' and we slowed growth in a 
high claims inflation environment, in Europe, the focus was 'growth' 
(still with discipline) in order to reach economies of scale and gather 
more data to improve technical results and customer outcomes. 
 
   Our 2019 strategy review has strengthened our belief that sustainable 
growth for Admiral Group will be achieved by building on our competitive 
advantages and driving product diversification in all the countries in 
which we operate. On both points, it has been great to witness stronger 
collaboration amongst our insurance businesses across the world over the 
past twelve months. 
 
   Most ongoing business priorities are similar in the different countries: 
a better digital experience for our customers, excellence in analytics, 
continuous improvements in technology and new product development, all 
enabled by new ways of working. 
 
   At the same time, we increased focus on product diversification, with a 
view to deploy our core competencies and to better serve our customers. 
In the UK, we saw our household team hit a key milestone of 1 million 
customers, and continued growth in our van and travel insurance 
businesses. In Europe, we expanded into the household insurance market 
with the launch of Homebrella in France, a renter focused product, prior 
to the launch of a fully-fledged renters and owner proposition in early 
2020. 
 
   Overall, 2019 was a good year focusing on what we do best, and what we 
do next -- supported by a strong team and an even stronger focus to 
continue to build a long-term business for the future. 
 
   UK Insurance Review -- Cristina Nestares, CEO UK Insurance 
 
   One of the things I enjoy most about my role at Admiral is that I get an 
opportunity to visit the various sites we have across South Wales, 
Canada and India and to spend time with the people that really make this 
company.  And by that, I mean the people who sell our policies, talk to 
our customers, and most importantly help them when they need it most -- 
whether that's to get insurance for their new car or dealing with their 
needs if their home has been flooded. 
 
   It's our people's enthusiasm to come to work that makes Admiral's 
culture a little bit different and makes it a great place to work, which 
drives forward our desire to improve the service and products we offer 
to customers.  And ultimately, providing great service and keeping our 
customers happy (along with strong, disciplined underwriting capability, 
of course) drives and delivers our results each year. 
 
   This year's results are a new high for the business, as very strong back 
year developments have resulted in record releases and our highest ever 
recorded profits.  Whilst this release is much higher than we've seen in 
recent years and largely influenced by increased settlement speeds due 
to Ogden certainty, I believe that it also demonstrates of our 
market-leading ability to price risks and our effective claims handling 
processes. 
 
   Moving forward with automation and digital capabilities is fundamental 
if we're to ensure that Admiral maintains its position at the forefront 
of the insurance market in the UK, and we've made strong strides this 
year that will help us into the future. 
 
   An example is the launch of our InstaQuote household product. 
Throughout our history, we've recognised that our customers want quick, 
efficient and value-for-money services, which is exactly what this tool 
provides.  It's dramatically reduced the time taken to get a price, 
which makes life easier for the customer, and has helped us to break 
through the 1 million customers mark just 7 years after launching! We 
also won the Moneynet Personal Finance Best Household Insurer award in 
2019! 
 
   In addition to improving the household customer journey, we've also been 
enhancing our motor insurance journey by opening more digital 
communication routes to help customers interact with us and make changes 
via the web and to register claims electronically.  The traditional 
channels are still available, of course, but many of our customers (both 
young and old) favour quicker, more flexible channels of interaction, 
which have the added benefit of efficiency for us. 
 
   In the last couple of years, this increased investment has contributed 
to the slight increase in our expense ratio (albeit from a very low base, 
and with additional levies being the greatest contributor to the expense 
ratio increase in 2019).  However, these changes leave us well placed to 
deal with the challenges and customer demands of 2020 and beyond.  The 
development of digital channels and automating our back-office processes 
are also important for the claims reforms (or Civil Liability Bill) that 
come into force in the second half of 2020, which should allow us to 
service claims under the lower cost regime and pass the savings to 
customers whilst maintaining our competitive advantage. 
 
   Whilst on the topic of regulation and customers, we welcome the pricing 
study that is being undertaken by the FCA, particularly in relation to 
the household market where many customers' policies have stagnated at a 
single provider and increased in price for many years.  When we launched 
Confused.com in 2002, we saw that customers wanted pricing transparency 
and the best price, and the comparison channel has delivered most of our 
motor and car customers ever since.  We're therefore very pleased that 
changes to encourage customers to shop around (as most of our motor and 
home customers already do) and will provide Admiral with further 
opportunity to grow the Household customer base towards its second 
million! 
 
   In conclusion, I'd like to thank our people for their hard work in 2019 
and our customers for their trust in us -- as ultimately, we are here to 
serve our customers! 
 
   UK Insurance review 
 
   UK Insurance financial performance 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                                  2019     2018     2017 
---------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Turnover(*1)                                         2,635.0  2,575.7  2,354.0 
Total premiums written                               2,321.7  2,269.8  2,098.0 
Net insurance premium revenue                          533.2    523.9    491.6 
Underwriting profit including investment income(*1)    257.4    227.7    206.2 
Profit commission and other income                     340.0    327.9    259.3 
Group's share of UK insurance profit before tax(*1)    597.4    555.6    465.5 
 
 
   (*1) Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to note 13 at the end of 
this report for definition and explanation 
 
   Split of UK Insurance profit before tax 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                   2019   2018   2017 
-------------------------------------  -----  -----  ----- 
Motor                                  591.5  561.7  461.4 
Household                                7.5  (3.0)    4.1 
Travel                                 (1.6)  (3.1)      - 
Group's share of UK insurance profit   597.4  555.6  465.5 
 
 
   Key performance indicators 
 
 
 
 
                                      2019   2018   2017 
------------------------------------  -----  -----  ----- 
Vehicles insured at year end          4.37m  4.32m  3.96m 
Households insured at year end        1.01m  0.87m  0.66m 
Travel policies insured at year end   0.09m  0.05m      - 
Total UK Insurance customers(*1)      5.47m  5.24m  4.62m 
 
 
   (*1) Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to the end of the report 
for definition and explanation. 
 
   Key highlights for the UK insurance business for 2019 include: 
 
 
   -- Modest growth in Motor customers but continued strong growth in Household 
      with Admiral increasing rates ahead of the market throughout 2019 for 
      Motor and maintaining rates for Household 
 
   -- A 5% increase in UK Motor profit to GBP591.5 million (2018: GBP561.7 
      million) primarily as a result of increased reserve releases due to an 
      increase in the speed of settlements of large bodily injury claims and 
      increased certainty post the change in the Ogden rate in mid-2019 
 
   -- This is partially offset by an adverse change in the 'one-off' Ogden 
      impacts (favourable impact in 2018, adverse impact in 2019). Refer to the 
      UK motor section below for further analysis of the underlying growth on 
      key metrics such as loss ratio, reserve releases and profit commission 
 
   -- Household profit of GBP7.5 million (2018: GBP3.0 million loss) as a 
      result of more benign weather experience in 2019 
 
   -- Travel insurance product saw a lower loss of GBP1.6 million (2018: GBP3.1 
      million loss) 
 
 
   UK Motor Insurance financial review 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                                  2019     2018     2017 
---------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Turnover(*1)                                         2,455.3  2,423.1  2,246.9 
Total premiums written(*1)                           2,158.5  2,132.1  2,001.5 
Net insurance premium revenue                          452.6    452.5    433.2 
Investment income(*2)                                   30.4     32.2     32.6 
---------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------- 
Net insurance claims                                 (164.7)  (189.2)  (214.2) 
Net insurance expenses                                (74.7)   (72.0)   (59.7) 
Underwriting profit including investment income(*3)    243.6    223.5    191.9 
Profit commission                                      112.2     95.0     64.7 
Underwriting profit and profit commission              355.8    318.5    256.6 
Net other revenue(*4)                                  235.7    243.2    204.8 
UK Motor Insurance profit before tax                   591.5    561.7    461.4 
 
   *1 Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to the end of this report 
for definition and explanation 
 
   *2 Investment income includes GBP2.8 million of intra-group interest 
(2018: GBP0.7 million; 2017: nil) 
 
   *3 Underwriting profit excludes contribution from underwritten 
ancillaries (included in net other revenue) 
 
   *4 Net other revenue includes instalment income and contribution from 
underwritten ancillaries and is analysed later in the report. 
 
   Key performance indicators 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                             2019       2018       2017 
---------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  --------- 
Reported motor loss ratio(*1,*2)                   60.7%      63.5%      64.1% 
Reported motor expense ratio(*1,*3)                19.1%      18.4%      16.2% 
Reported motor combined ratio                      79.8%      81.9%      80.3% 
Written basis Motor expense ratio                  18.5%      17.5%      15.8% 
Reported loss ratio before releases                87.6%      88.1%      85.3% 
 
Claims reserve releases -- original net 
share(*1,*4)                                   GBP121.7m  GBP111.4m   GBP92.1m 
Claims reserve releases -- commuted 
reinsurance(*1,*5)                             GBP121.7m  GBP109.6m   GBP73.8m 
Total claims reserve releases                  GBP243.4m  GBP221.0m  GBP165.9m 
 
Other Revenue per vehicle                          GBP66      GBP67      GBP64 
Vehicles insured at year end                       4.37m      4.32m      3.96m 
 
   *1  Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to the end of this report 
for definition and explanation 
 
   *2  Motor loss ratio adjusted to exclude impact of reserve releases on 
commuted reinsurance contracts. Reconciliation in note 13b. 
 
   *3  Motor expense ratio is calculated by including claims handling 
expenses that are reported within claims costs in the income statement. 
Reconciliation in note 13c. 
 
   *4  Original net share shows reserve releases on the proportion of the 
portfolio that Admiral wrote on a net basis at the start of the 
underwriting year in question. 
 
   *5  Commuted reinsurance shows releases, net of loss on commutation, on 
the proportion of the account that was originally ceded under quota 
share reinsurance contracts but has since been commuted and hence 
reported in underwriting profit rather than profit commission. 
 
 
 
 
 
   UK Motor profit increased by 5% during 2019 to GBP591.5 million (2018: 
GBP561.7 million) and vehicles insured rose very modestly to 4.37 
million (2018: 4.32 million), whilst the reported combined ratio 
improved to 79.8% (2018: 81.9%). Net insurance premium revenue was 
consistent with the prior period. The results were impacted by a number 
of factors: 
 
 
   -- The current period loss ratio was 87.6% (2018: 88.1%). As highlighted 
      below, there are a number of offsetting movements that net to the overall 
      improvement of 0.5%pts: 
 
 
 
 
  Reported Motor Loss Ratio 
                                               Current     Releases on 
                                           Period Loss    Original Net     Reported 
                                                 Ratio           Share   Loss Ratio 
  2018                                           88.1%          -24.6%        63.5% 
  Prior period impact of Ogden change 
   (-0.75% to 0%)                        -              +4.0%           +4.0% 
  Change in underlying current period 
   loss ratio                            -1.5%          -               -1.5% 
  Change in underlying claims reserve 
   release                               -              -8.7%           -8.7% 
  2019 (excluding Ogden change)                  86.6%          -29.3%        57.3% 
  Add Impact of Ogden change (0% to 
   - 0.25%)                                      +1.0%           +2.4%        +3.4% 
------------------------------------- 
  2019                                           87.6%          -26.9%        60.7% 
------------------------------------- 
 
 
   -- The unfavourable Ogden change in 2019 (0% to minus -0.25%) increased the 
      current period loss ratio by 1.0 ppt. Excluding this impact, the current 
      period loss ratio is 86.6%, which can be compared to the 2018 ratio of 
      88.1% (both at Ogden 0%). The underlying improvement of 1.5 ppts reflects 
      a slightly lower level of margin held above the projected ultimate 
      outcome for the current accident year, when compared to 2018 at the same 
      point. 
 
   -- Reserve releases on Admiral's original net share of business improved the 
      reported loss ratio by 26.9 ppts in 2019. Excluding the adverse Ogden 
      impact increases this to 29.3 ppts which is 4.7 ppts higher than in 2018 
      (24.6 ppts) and well above historical results. The underlying increase, 
      after excluding the favourable one-off Ogden impact in 2018 is 8.7 ppts. 
 
   -- This underlying improvement in the level of reserve release is unusually 
      large and the main driver of the increase in reported profits. It is the 
      result of a significant level of favourable development in ultimate 
      projections of prior underwriting years which in turn can be broadly 
      attributed to an increase in the speed of settlements in larger bodily 
      injury claims following the confirmation of the new Ogden rate. 
 
   -- Despite the significant level of reserve release (in both projected 
      ultimate and financial statement loss ratios), the margin held above 
      ultimate outcomes in the financial statement reserves remains both 
      significant and prudent. In both absolute and relative terms, the 
      aggregate level of margin held across current and prior underwriting 
      years, remains consistent with that held at the end of 2018. 
 
   -- Reserve releases from commuted reinsurance and profit commission were 
      higher in 2019, as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                                 Reserve 
                                                releases 
                                             -- commuted       Profit 
  GBPm                                       reinsurance   commission  Total 
  2018                                             109.6         95.0  204.6 
  Prior period Impact of Ogden change 
   (- 0.75% to 0%)                          -17.2         -18.4        -35.6 
  Change in underlying commuted releases    +11.3         -            +11.3 
  Change in loss on commutation             +27.0         -            +27.0 
  Change in underlying profit commission               -        +44.5  +44.5 
---------------------------------------- 
  2019 (excluding Ogden change)             130.7         121.1        251.8 
  Add Impact of Ogden change (0% to 
   minus 0.25%)                                     -9.1         -8.8  -17.9 
---------------------------------------- 
  2019                                             121.7        112.2  233.9 
---------------------------------------- 
 
 
   -- Releases on reserves originally reinsured but since commuted is higher at 
      GBP121.7 million (v GBP109.6 million in 2018) 
 
   -- There are a number of offsetting underlying movements, including a lower 
      impact of the accounting loss on commutation (2019: GBP4.9 million; 2018: 
      GBP31.9 million) and an underlying improvement in the level of commuted 
      releases in line with the favourable development noted above, offset by 
      an unfavourable net impact of one-off Ogden changes in both years 
 
   -- The trend is similar for profit commission which improved to GBP112.2 
      million (2018: GBP95.0 million). Underlying profit commission improved by 
      GBP44.5m, primarily as a result of the favourable development of prior 
      underwriting years 
 
   -- Investment income was slightly lower than 2018 at GBP30.4 million (2018: 
      GBP32.2 million) with an underlying increase of GBP11.1m (due to both an 
      increase in yield and growth in the asset base) more than offset by 
      notional investment income accruals on reinsurance funds withheld 
      balances of GBP12.9 million (2018: GBPnil) 
 
   -- The written and reported basis expense ratios increased in 2019 with a 
      number of factors impacting: non-acquisition costs was the main driver 
      primarily through levies and to a lesser extent, investment in IT and 
      claims as the skills and foundations to build further competitive 
      advantages in these areas are strengthened 
 
   -- Other revenue (including ancillary products underwritten by Admiral) and 
      instalment income decreased to GBP235.7 million (2018: GBP243.2 million) 
      primarily resulting from lower contribution from optional ancillaries 
 
 
   Market prices remained subdued during the year with some evidence of 
increases in the later months as a result of elevated levels of claims 
inflation. Admiral continued to prioritise margin over growth, and 
increased prices ahead of the market. As a result, slight new business 
growth and good retention contributed to customer numbers (4.37 million 
v 4.32 million) and turnover (GBP2.46 billion v GBP2.42 billion) being 
both up by 1%. 
 
   Claims and reserves 
 
   Notable claims trends for Admiral and the market in 2019 were similar to 
2018, including a slow-down in the reduction in small injury claims 
frequency and continuing inflation in damage claims costs. The first 
projection of the impact of large bodily injury claims on the 2019 loss 
ratio is consistent with the projection of 2018 at the end of 2018. 
 
   The Group continues to reserve conservatively, setting claims reserves 
in the financial statements well above actuarial best estimates to 
create a margin held to allow for unforeseen adverse development. 
 
   As noted above, the Group experienced continued positive development of 
claims costs on previous underwriting years as a result of increased 
speed of large bodily injury settlements and increased certainty related 
to the Ogden rate, in addition to a small number of positive very large 
claims settlements. These factors led to another significant release of 
reserves in the financial statements in the period (GBP121.7 million on 
Admiral's original net share, up from GBP111.4 million). The margin held 
in reserves is prudent and significant and remained at a consistent 
level year-on-year. 
 
   UK Car Insurance -- co-insurance and reinsurance 
 
   Admiral makes significant use of proportional risk sharing agreements, 
where insurers outside the Group underwrite a majority of the risk 
generated, either through co-insurance or quota share reinsurance 
contracts. These arrangements include profit commission terms (see 
below) which allow Admiral to retain a significant portion of the profit 
generated. 
 
   Munich Re and it's subsidiary entity, Great Lakes will underwrite 40% of 
the UK motor business until at least 2020, with future extension options 
available to Munich Re until 2022. 30% of this total is on a 
co-insurance basis, with the remaining 10% under a quota share 
reinsurance agreement from 2017 onwards. 
 
   The Group also has other quota share reinsurance arrangements confirmed 
to the end of 2020 covering 38% of the business written and expects to 
extend these or similar arrangements beyond 2020 during the first half 
of 2020. 
 
   The nature of the co-insurance proportion underwritten by Munich Re (via 
Great Lakes) is such that 30% of all motor premium and claims for the 
2019 year accrue directly to Great Lakes and are not reflected in the 
Group's financial statements. Similarly, Great Lakes reimburses the 
Group for its proportional share of expenses incurred in acquiring and 
administering this business. 
 
   The quota share reinsurance arrangements result in all motor premiums 
and claims that are ceded to reinsurers being included in the Group's 
financial statements, but these figures are adjusted to exclude the 
reinsurer share, resulting in a net result for the Group. 
 
   The Group also purchases excess of loss reinsurance to provide 
protection against large claims and reviews this cover annually. The 
level of cover purchased for 2020 reduced slightly compared to 2019 due 
to significant increases in market prices for cover. 
 
   Profit commission 
 
   Admiral is potentially able to earn material amounts of profit 
commission revenue from co- and reinsurance partners, depending on the 
profitability of the insurance business underwritten by the partner. 
Revenue is recognised in the income statement in line with the booked 
loss ratios on Admiral's retained underwriting. 
 
   Note 5c to the financial statements analyses profit commission income by 
business, type of contract and by underwriting year. 
 
   Commutations of quota share reinsurance 
 
   Admiral tends to commute its UK Car Insurance quota share reinsurance 
contracts for an underwriting year 24 months after inception, assuming 
there is sufficient confidence in the profitability of the business 
covered by the reinsurance contract. 
 
   After the commutation is executed, movements in booked loss ratios 
result in reserve releases (or strengthening if the booked loss ratio 
were to increase) rather than reduced or increased reinsurance claims 
recoveries or profit commission. 
 
   During the first half of 2019, the majority of the 2017 quota share 
contracts were commuted.  At 31 December 2019, quota share reinsurance 
contracts remained in place for a small portion of 2017 and the full 
2018 and 2019 underwriting years. No further contracts were commuted in 
the second half of 2019 (as is usual). 
 
   As noted above, in 2019 Admiral recognised reserve releases from 
commuted reinsurance contracts of GBP121.7 million (2018: 109.6 
million). 
 
   Refer to note 5d(v) of the financial statements for further analysis of 
reserve releases on commuted quota share reinsurance contracts. 
 
   Other Revenue and Instalment Income 
 
   UK Motor Insurance Other Revenue -- analysis of contribution: 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                                  2019    2018    2017 
---------------------------------------------------  ------  ------  ------ 
Contribution from additional products & fees          202.1   206.5   187.3 
Contribution from additional products underwritten 
 by Admiral(*1)                                        13.9    13.6    15.0 
Instalment income                                      83.9    81.4    56.1 
Other revenue                                         299.9   301.5   258.4 
Internal costs                                       (64.2)  (58.3)  (53.6) 
Net other revenue                                     235.7   243.2   204.8 
Other revenue per vehicle(*2)                         GBP66   GBP67   GBP64 
---------------------------------------------------  ------  ------  ------ 
Other revenue per vehicle net of internal costs       GBP56   GBP57   GBP54 
 
   *1 Included in underwriting profit in income statement but re-allocated 
to Other Revenue for purpose of KPIs. 
 
   *2 Other revenue (before internal costs) divided by average active 
vehicles, rolling 12-month basis. 
 
   Admiral generates Other revenue from a portfolio of insurance products 
that complement the core car insurance product, and also fees generated 
over the life of the policy. 
 
   The most material contributors to net Other revenue continue to be: 
 
 
   -- Profit earned from motor policy upgrade products underwritten by Admiral, 
      including breakdown, car hire and personal injury covers 
 
   -- Revenue from other insurance products, not underwritten by Admiral 
 
   -- Fees such as administration and cancellation fees 
 
 
   --Interest charged to customers paying for cover in instalments 
 
   Overall contribution (Other revenue net of costs plus instalment income) 
decreased to GBP235.7 million (2018: GBP243.2 million). This is in line 
with the half year expectation of a small reduction. Whilst there were a 
number of smaller offsetting changes within the total, the main reasons 
for the decrease is reduced optional ancillary contribution and fees, 
which reflects an increase in transactions completed digitally and 
changes to the customer journey. This was slightly offset by an increase 
in instalment income primarily due to the growth in the underlying book 
and an increase in customers paying by instalments. 
 
   Other revenue was equivalent to a decrease to GBP66 per vehicle (gross 
of costs; 2018: GBP67), as a result of the factors mentioned above. Net 
Other Revenue (after deducting costs) per vehicle was GBP56 (2018: 
GBP57). 
 
   UK Household Insurance financial performance 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                   2019   2018   2017 
-------------------------------------  -----  -----  ----- 
Turnover(*1)                           171.3  146.0  107.1 
Total premiums written(*1)             154.9  131.1   96.5 
Net insurance premium revenue           37.2   31.2   23.1 
Underwriting profit/(loss)(*1*2)         0.7  (6.3)  (0.8) 
-------------------------------------  -----  -----  ----- 
Profit commission and other income       6.8    3.3    4.9 
UK Household insurance profit/(loss)     7.5  (3.0)    4.1 
 
   *1 Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to the end of this report 
for definition and explanation 
 
   *2 Underwriting profit/(loss) excluding contribution from underwritten 
ancillaries 
 
   Key performance indicators 
 
 
 
 
                                                 2019      2018     2017 
---------------------------------------------  ---------  -------  ------- 
Reported household loss ratio(*1)                  69.1%    92.3%    73.5% 
Reported household expense ratio(*1)               28.9%    28.1%    30.0% 
Reported household combined ratio(*1)              98.0%   120.4%   103.5% 
Impact of extreme weather and subsidence(*1)           -    19.1%        - 
Households insured at year end(*1)             1,011,900  865,800  659,800 
 
 
   (*1)     Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to the end of this 
report for definition and explanation 
 
   The number of properties insured increased by 17% to 1.01 million (2018: 
0.87 million). Turnover increased by 17% to GBP171.3 million (2018: 
GBP146.0 million).  New business market volumes continued to increase, 
customer retention remained strong, and shopping increased via the 
comparison channels. 
 
   2019 saw more benign weather than in 2018. A combined ratio of 98% 
(2018: 120%) resulted in a small net underwriting profit of GBP0.7 
million (2018: underwriting loss of GBP6.3 million), which was 
supplemented by net other revenue and profit commission of GBP6.8 
million (2018: GBP3.3 million). 
 
   UK Household insurance -- reinsurance 
 
   The Group's Household business is supported by long-term proportional 
reinsurance arrangements covering 70% of the risk. In addition, the 
Group has non-proportional reinsurance to cover the risk of catastrophes 
stemming from weather events. 
 
   UK Insurance Regulatory environment 
 
   The UK Insurance business operates predominantly under the regulation 
of: 
 
 
   -- the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and Prudential Regulatory 
      Authority (PRA) which regulate the Group's UK registered subsidiaries 
      including EUI Limited (an insurance intermediary) and Admiral Insurance 
      Company Limited (AICL; an insurer); and 
 
   -- the Financial Services Commission (FSC), which regulates the Group's 
      Gibraltar-based insurance company (Admiral Insurance (Gibraltar) Limited, 
      AIGL), in that territory. 
 
 
   The Group is required to maintain capital at a level prescribed by the 
lead regulator for Solvency II purposes, the PRA, and maintains a 
surplus above that required level at all times. 
 
   International Insurance review 
 
   Spain -- Pascal Gonzalvez -- Acting CEO (Sarah Harris is on maternity 
leave), Admiral Seguros 
 
   In 2019, Admiral Seguros accelerated its growth despite difficult market 
conditions and we finished the year with more than 290,000 customers. 
 
   We managed to increase our new business sales by 16% while the 
comparison market was shrinking.  This was made possible by the 
structural changes on Rastreator where the user experience was 
significantly improved by guaranteeing the final price to customers, 
having a significant impact on conversion. Our strategy to diversify our 
acquisition channels has also been bearing fruit with the development of 
a broker channel that is contributing to the accelerated growth. 
 
   It was pleasing to see our overall technical results moving in the right 
direction despite challenges in the cost of growth.  Loss ratios are 
improving on prior years as expected, whilst being slightly higher than 
anticipated for the 2019 underwriting year as a result of new business 
growth. This was offset by a decrease in our expense ratio as we 
improved internal efficiencies. 
 
   In 2020, we're planning to keep exploring alternative acquisition 
channels.  In our core business, we're about to launch new initiatives 
to improve loss ratio (e.g. improved anti-fraud capabilities and 
innovation in risk selection).  We'll also be accelerating in improving 
customer experience through digital capabilities (self-service) and 
operational optimisation (automation). 
 
 
   France -- Pascal Gonzalvez -- CEO, L'olivier Assurance 
 
   2019 was another year of strong performance for L'olivier Assurance. 
 
   It was a year of fast growth despite unfavourable market conditions. 
Our portfolio increased by 32%, while at the same time the aggregator 
market (our main acquisition channel) was shrinking. We're pleased to 
see our efforts on brand awareness, direct acquisition, and conversion 
showing progress and paving the way for further development in the 
coming years. 
 
   Not only did we grow fast, but we also grew stronger.  Our portfolio 
grew while having some significant operational improvements.  As a 
consequence, our customers like us more and more!  The benefits of our 
investments toward an effortless customer journey started to materialise 
with peaks in customer satisfaction (net promoter score), persistency, 
and referrals, to name a few. 
 
   On the claims side, loss ratios have developed well for prior years, 
resulting in reserve releases. However, the business experienced a 
deterioration in the 2019 loss ratio, partly due to the strong growth of 
new business in 2019. 
 
   2020 is the beginning of a new chapter for L'olivier as we embark on our 
multi-product journey and the launch of a new household insurance 
product.  After launching our insurtech named Homebrella (a home 
insurance product for renters and expats in France) in 2019, we'll also 
launch a broader household product under the brand L'olivier in early 
2020. 
 
   We look forward to continuing to #makeithappen J 
 
   Italy -- Costantino Moretti -- CEO, ConTe 
 
   ConTe closed 2019 with a profit for the sixth year in a row, whilst also 
achieving significant growth in turnover of 16% year-on-year. 
 
   The direct market wasn't particularly favourable and we experienced 
single digit growth and challenging competition, especially via 
comparison panels. Despite this context, ConTe was able to grow by 
leveraging on its competitiveness and on the improvements in the digital 
journey, particularly focussed on mobile. 
 
   ConTe is strengthening its competitive positioning in the Italian Market 
and continuing to invest in the brand which is steadily increasing 
awareness among Italian drivers. In 2019 a new advertising campaign was 
successfully launched, endorsed by Mr. Carlo Conti, who is one of the 
most popular Italian TV anchors. 
 
   Our growth is bringing a significant benefit towards achieving scale and 
is driving an improved expense ratio. Efficiencies were also gained 
thanks to investment in technology: digital, robotics and automation are 
delivering the expected benefits and continue to offer interesting 
opportunities for the future. 
 
   Other key metrics of the business improved which demonstrates that ConTe 
continues to stay focused on its 'sustainable growth' strategy. Although 
the 2019 loss ratio deteriorated, favourable prior year development 
resulted in strong reserve releases. 
 
   In a perfect Admiral-style, our people and culture continue to make the 
difference. We have been recognised for another year in a row as one of 
the best large companies to work for! 
 
   USA -- Alberto Schiavon -- CEO, Elephant Auto 
 
   Over the last year Elephant has continued with our strategy to focus on 
customer retention, to service these customers efficiently by leveraging 
technology, and to make Elephant a great insurer for our shareholders, 
customers and staff. While we undoubtedly made some great improvements 
on many fronts, we have also seen some significant headwinds in our loss 
experience, slowing down our speed of progress. 
 
   As mentioned at our half year results presentation, Elephant saw a 
higher than expected claims ratio, deteriorating by four points compared 
to 2018. The main driver was increased claims frequency as well as 
general market inflation, in particular in damage claims and medical 
costs. As a consequence, we took a defensive approach towards margins, 
at the expense of growth. We responded with numerous initiatives, 
including significant rate increases, especially towards certain 
lower-performing segments; and a reduction in our acquisition spend. 
With regard to the first point, some segments of the book have seen 
sharp increases with obvious impact on sales and cancellations while 
allowing us to have better performance on the loss ratio in the coming 
years. As per the second point, we have been more selective in some 
distribution channels, favoring some online advertising and doing less 
on traditional media, enabling us to be more efficient in our spend. 
 
   The effect of those efforts is visible in our top line numbers: while 
vehicles in force remained flat year on year, our turnover grew to 
GBP233 million (2018: GBP214 million). Most of this turnover growth 
comes from a high performing renewal book, giving confidence in our 
long-term strategy. The lack of policy growth meant that we couldn't 
fully leverage economies of scale on our platform, and as a result 
delivered a slightly improved expense ratio. 
 
   At the same time, Elephant made some significant progress in a number of 
areas: we further developed our self-servicing functionalities, 
especially in claims management; we expanded our acquisition channels to 
include some agency business; and we deployed some important new 
features to our risk selection.  We expect that these will ultimately 
translate into further growth, within profitable segments, at very good 
incremental costs. Finally, I am grateful to all Elephant employees for 
their high level of commitment in delivering such a high volume of 
projects, and for building such a strong foundation for a sustainable 
long-term business. 
 
   International Car Insurance financial performance 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                                   2019     2018     2017 
----------------------------------------------------  -------  -------  ------ 
Turnover(*1)                                            623.6    538.7   449.8 
Total premiums written(*1)                              562.6    484.3   401.4 
Net insurance premium revenue                           168.6    141.7   123.0 
Investment income                                         1.5      1.3     0.6 
Net insurance claims                                  (137.2)  (104.0)  (94.1) 
Net insurance expenses                                 (53.0)   (55.8)  (58.0) 
Underwriting result including investment income(*1)    (20.1)   (16.8)  (28.5) 
Net other revenue                                        19.2     15.7    14.2 
International Car Insurance result                      (0.9)    (1.1)  (14.3) 
 
 
   Key performance indicators 
 
 
 
 
Reported Loss ratio(*2)                      77%    76%    76% 
-----------------------------------------  -----  -----  ----- 
Expense ratio(*2)                            37%    40%    45% 
Combined ratio(*3)                          114%   116%   121% 
Combined ratio, net of Other Revenue(*4)    104%   105%   109% 
 
Vehicles insured at period end             1.42m  1.22m  1.03m 
 
 
   (*1)     Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to the end of this 
report for definition and explanation. 
 
   (*2)     Loss ratios and expense ratios have been adjusted to remove the 
impact of reinsurer caps so the underlying performance of the business 
is transparent. 
 
   (*3)     Combined ratio is calculated on Admiral's net share of premiums 
and excludes Other revenue. It excludes the impact of reinsurer caps. 
Including the impact of reinsurer caps the reported combined ratio would 
be 2019: 113%; 2018: 113%; 2017: 124%. 
 
   (*4)     Combined ratio, net of Other Revenue is calculated on Admiral's 
net share of premiums and includes Other Revenue. Including the impact 
of reinsurer caps the reported combined ratio, net of Other Revenue 
would be 2019: 102% 2018: 102%; 2017: 112%. 
 
   Geographical analysis 
 
 
 
 
2019                                 Spain  Italy  France   US    Total 
-----------------------------------  -----  -----  ------  -----  ----- 
Vehicles insured at period end (m)    0.29   0.69    0.23   0.21   1.42 
Turnover*(1) (GBPm)                   78.2  204.2   108.1  233.1  623.6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018                                 Spain  Italy  France   US    Total 
-----------------------------------  -----  -----  ------  -----  ----- 
Vehicles insured at period end (m)    0.25   0.59    0.17   0.21   1.22 
Turnover*(1) (GBPm)                   67.6  176.8    80.5  213.8  538.7 
 
 
   (*1)     Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to the end of this 
report for definition and explanation 
 
   Admiral has four insurance businesses outside the UK: in Spain (Admiral 
Seguros), Italy (ConTe), the US (Elephant Auto) and France (L'olivier 
Assurance). 
 
   The operations continued to grow strongly in 2019, with customer numbers 
increasing by 16% to 1.42 million (2018: 1.22 million) and combined 
turnover rising by 16% to GBP623.6 million (2018: GBP538.7 million). 
 
   The key features of the International Car insurance results are: 
 
 
   -- An aggregate loss of GBP0.9 million (2018: GBP1.1 million loss) 
      reflecting an improvement in performance of the European businesses 
      offset by a deterioration in the US business; 
 
   -- A record profit in the Group's Italian business ConTe, which also grew 
      its customer base by 18%; 
 
   -- A deterioration in Elephant Auto's result (increased loss from GBP7.5 
      million to GBP9.6 million year-on-year) 
 
   -- A relatively flat combined ratio (net of other revenue) of 104% (2018: 
      105%) reflecting reduced acquisition costs, pricing improvements and 
      operational efficiencies as well as positive back year development in 
      Europe offset by a deteriorating loss ratio in Elephant Auto 
 
 
   --Continued investment and improvements in technology, people and the 
customer experience across all operations 
 
   The combined International expense ratio improved to 37% (2018: 40%) as 
all businesses grew, and continued to pursue operational efficiencies, 
albeit growth was slower in Elephant as prices were increased in 
response to the loss ratio pressure. 
 
   The European insurance operations in Spain, Italy and France insured 
1.21 million vehicles at 31 December 2019 -- 20% higher than a year 
earlier (31 December 2018: 1.01 million). Turnover was up 20% at 
GBP390.5 million (2018: GBP324.9 million). The consolidated result of 
the businesses was a profit of GBP8.7 million (2018: GBP6.4 million) 
consisting of continued (and higher) profitability in Italy and lower 
losses in France and Spain. The combined ratio net of other revenue 
(excluding the impact of reinsurer caps) improved to 92% from 98% due to 
the improved claims experience and expense ratio. 
 
   Elephant insured 212,100 vehicles at the end of 2019, broadly flat 
year-on-year though higher prices meant turnover was up 9% to GBP233.1 
million (2018: GBP213.8 million). Elephant's loss increased for the 
period to GBP9.6 million from GBP7.5 million in 2018, as a result of 
adverse claims development. 
 
   Elephant responded with enhancements in underwriting and rate increases 
resulting in a slowdown of growth in the second half of 2019. The 
expense ratio improved slightly through increased operational efficiency, 
a focus on customer experience improvements, and enhancement of the 
digital online journey. Elephant continues to see improvements in 
persistency as a result of the focus on higher retaining customers. The 
combined ratio net of other revenue was 118% (115% in 2018). 
 
   In 2019, a non-cash impairment charge of GBP65.9 million was recognised 
in the financial statements of the parent company with respect to the 
carrying value of the parent's investment in Elephant Auto. This follows 
a change to using shorter-term projections as a result of the adverse 
loss ratio experience in 2019. The impairment charge is recognised in 
the income statement of the parent company (Refer to note 4 of the 
Parent Company Financial Statements for further details) and has no 
impact on the Group's consolidated profit for the period or the Group's 
2019 regulatory capital position. 
 
   Elephant continues to focus on improving fundamentals in 2020 with a 
focus on loss ratio, expense efficiencies and continued improvement in 
the customer experience. 
 
   International Car Insurance co-insurance and reinsurance 
 
   In 2019 Admiral retained 35% (Italy), 30% (France and Spain) and 33% 
(USA) of the underwriting risk respectively. The arrangements for 2020 
will remain the same in Italy, France and Spain.  In the USA, 50% of the 
risk will be retained within the Group. 
 
   International Car Insurance Regulatory environment 
 
   Admiral's European insurance operations are now primarily regulated by 
the Spanish insurance regulator, the DGS. This shift is a result of 
restructuring completed ahead of Brexit. 
 
   The Group's US insurer, Elephant Insurance Company, is regulated by the 
Virginia State Corporation Commission's Bureau of Insurance. 
 
   Both insurers are required to maintain capital at levels prescribed by 
the regulator and hold a surplus above these requirements at all times. 
 
   Comparison Review - Elena Betés - CEO, Comparison Businesses 
 
   2019 was a good year for our Comparison businesses. Recognising the 
benefits of scale in digital markets, we set up a European corporate 
structure named Penguin Portals, that gives us not only the framework to 
achieve our ambition to lead our key European markets, but also a 
working environment to deliver scale beyond these markets. This also 
allows our seven comparison platforms to take advantage of operational 
and technological synergies and share expertise. 
 
   Operationally, each Comparison platform is supported by two 
technological centres of excellence, Confused.com in Cardiff and Admiral 
Technologies in Delhi, allowing for a shared architecture to facilitate 
further collaboration and rapid innovation. 
 
   Our goal to empower the world to choose better has not changed. We 
continue to focus on service diversification and geographic expansion, 
driven by a desire to innovate the customer experience leveraging 
technology and data. 
 
   In Europe, we had a strong year, fuelled by Confused.com and growth at 
LeLynx and with all our businesses improving margins.  We successfully 
diversified our product offering, took some key verticals in-house, 
delivered new verticals, reinforced our use of data and grew a B2B 
infrastructure whilst continuously improving the customer experience. 
I'd especially note Rastreator's effort to provide more transparency to 
Spanish customers with accurate prices. 
 
   Preminen, our comparison incubator, continues our path of organic 
expansion in emerging markets. In 2019 we welcomed GoSahi.com in India 
as the newest member of our comparison family. Rastreator.mx 
https://www.globenewswire.com/Tracker?data=2wqafLEOxDEN7bjsoNY3Kaj9Xn2crCy2nGMVr1DUqpOZpG2Og30Bj562Xr-JqxyQ76NwsgoaVA7L3k4CnIAkKA== 
in Mexico was awarded the best ecommerce start-up of the year (e-awards), 
Tamoniki.com in Turkey is in the process of building the panel and we 
will soon be incorporating a new Penguin into the colony. 
 
   In the USA, we downsized the business to adjust to market conditions, 
allowing for increased agility whilst we further develop our customer 
proposition. 
 
   The results are moving in the right direction and I'm confident that we 
have a strong foundation to build upon our successes in 2019 into the 
future. 
 
   UK -- Louise O'Shea -- CEO, Confused.com 
 
   It's been 18 years since Confused.com was formed, and we're still making 
history. In 2019, our revenue exceeded GBP100m for the first time. 
 
   We achieved this by standing firmly on the side of our customers and 
continuing to differentiate ourselves against the competition. 
Confused.com is the brand that cuts through the noise and confusion in 
order to help people make clear decisions. Our marketing was more 
effective, and more focus was placed on the products our customers need 
and want beyond car insurance. Making better use of our data has helped 
our insurance partners deliver the right product to the right customer 
for the right price at the right time. All of this and the dedication of 
the Confused.com team has resulted in our revenue and profit growing by 
19% and 43% year on year, respectively, and our profit margin improving 
to over 18% (2018: 15%). 
 
   It wasn't a year without challenges. The highly competitive market 
continues to necessitate focus on marketing channel effectiveness and 
diversification which in 2019 saw us introduce a successful B2B offering 
and drive innovation in the customer experience. 
 
   In 2020 we'll continue to make decisions based on what is best for our 
customers, empowering them to choose better. 
 
   Spain -- Fernando Summers -- CEO, Rastreator 
 
   At Rastreator, 2019 has been a year of hard work. 
 
   We substantially enhanced the customer experience with our Price 
Accuracy strategy for insurance, meaningfully improving our net promoter 
score. More efficient traffic acquisition led to a 13% increase in 
profit. 
 
   The proposed joint venture with Acierto and Oakley Capital was a focus 
area for management in 2019, but due to challenges in completing the 
transaction within a reasonable timeframe related to the anti-trust 
process and associated costs, the final decision was not to proceed. We 
delivered modest revenue growth, mainly due to our mortgage broker and 
data businesses. 
 
   We are optimistic about our future in the context of a large market 
opportunity. We will be working on further improving the customer 
experience, increasing customer support through our processes and we 
will continue developing our broker capabilities -- not only for finance 
products but also for some insurance products. 
 
   I would like to thank the fantastic and enthusiastic team who are always 
hungry for growth and to improve the experience for our customers, for 
all their support in a challenging year. We are looking forward to the 
opportunities we see in 2020 and beyond. 
 
   France -- Itzal Arbide -- CEO, LeLynx 
 
   2019 was an excellent year full of milestones for LeLynx. We made 
significant improvements in our operational structure and business 
approach, achieved key product enhancements to better serve our users 
and signed new important commercial agreements to improve our offering. 
As a result, LeLynx finished 2019 with revenue growth of 19% and also 
improved profitability. 
 
   While motor Insurance comparison mainly benefited from a better online 
user experience which improved conversion, energy comparison (launched 
in 2018) saw great operational improvements and moved past test and 
learn phase to become an integrated product for LeLynx in 2019 in line 
with our diversification strategy. 
 
   Improving the customer experience has been a focus, from improving user 
pain points and providing more information, to further improving the 
journey to allow customers to make the best choice and receive the best 
possible service. I am enthusiastic about the evolution of Le Lynx as we 
head into 2020 and beyond. We will keep working on user-centric new 
projects to improve our customer experience and to strengthen our 
product base. 
 
   The French market is large and slowly evolving and LeLynx is perfectly 
placed to capture that opportunity. 
 
   USA -- Allie Feakins -- CEO, Compare.com 
 
   2019 was a somewhat volatile year for Compare.com.  Facing stronger 
headwinds in cost efficient customer acquisition and scalability in the 
US auto insurance market, we took action to reduce the fixed costs of 
the business to allow a more agile approach.  While we expected to 
realise some of the benefits of this decision in 2019, we were also 
pleasantly surprised by performance improvements in the second half of 
the year. Insurers are facing the very same acquisition cost headwinds, 
so we made progress expanding our panel and improving our own revenue 
potential as well. 
 
   In 2019, we completed an upgrade to the experience for our customers, 
improving their journey whether they are using our website to find 
information or pursuing our quote journey to view real-time auto 
insurance prices.  We also continued to invest in our technology 
platform to enable our marketing partners to leverage our insurer panel 
and to enable our insurance partners to leverage our competitive 
intelligence data. 
 
   In 2020, we don't expect the competitive environment to ease up, but our 
objectives will shift slightly from 2019 as we change our marketing 
approach, messages and campaigns to explore opportunities for building 
deeper customer and partner relationships. 
 
   I am optimistic about the future of Compare.com and look forward to 2020 
in my new role as CEO. 
 
   Emerging Markets -- Pedro Tabernero -- CEO, Preminen 
 
   Preminen had an exciting year of growth and saw the launch of a new 
comparison business. In Mexico, Rastreator.mx 
https://www.globenewswire.com/Tracker?data=2wqafLEOxDEN7bjsoNY3KTgrpKMyIbOVneHIMwSJrHN5xwDw0vyrFH6aEGXqaQulDoAwOPfJB1vjcQ06NZEDHw== 
continues to see positive signs of growth and we are confident in the 
sustainability of the business. All relevant insurers have joined, and 
the customer proposition is well accepted. Tamoniki.com in Turkey has 
been trading for almost one year, mainly focused on building the panel 
with a slow but positive evolution. 
 
   A new market approach is being tested in India with the launch of 
Gosahi.com in February 2019, a loan comparison portal that enables users 
to compare online and get full support during their off-line loan 
application (a complex process in the market) with the collaboration of 
relevant financial brokers. 
 
   2020 is expected to be the year of consolidation for Rastreator.mx, 
growth for Tamoniki.com and Gosahi.com and to also deliver further 
geographic expansion. Thanks to the Preminen team for the hard work -- 
we're looking forward to an even better 2020! 
 
   Comparison financial review 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                       2019     2018     2017 
Revenue 
Car insurance comparison                    119.4    110.1    108.8 
Other                                        52.2     40.9     34.8 
Total revenue                               171.6    151.0    143.6 
Expenses                                  (156.9)  (144.4)  (138.2) 
Profit before tax                            14.7      6.6      5.4 
 
Confused.com profit                          20.4     14.3     10.1 
International comparison result             (5.7)    (7.7)    (4.7) 
                                             14.7      6.6      5.4 
Group's share of profit before tax (*1) 
Confused.com profit                          20.4     14.3     10.1 
International comparison result             (2.4)    (5.5)    (3.0) 
                                             18.0      8.8      7.1 
 
 
   *1  Alternative Performance Measure -- refer to the end of this report 
for definition and explanation 
 
   Admiral has comparison businesses in the UK (Confused.com), Spain 
(Rastreator), France (LeLynx) and the US (Compare.com). In addition, 
Preminen, the Group's joint venture holding company for comparison 
ventures in new markets, oversees operations in Mexico (Rastreator.mx), 
Turkey (Tamoniki.com) and India (GoSahi.com). 
 
   Admiral Group owns 75% of Rastreator, 59% of Compare.com and 50% of 
Preminen. 
 
   In 2019, the Group established a holding company for the European 
businesses named Penguin Portals, facilitating greater collaboration and 
sharing of best practices across the businesses to support customer 
growth and new product development. 
 
   Combined revenue grew by 14% to GBP171.6 million (2018: GBP151.0 
million) and the businesses made a combined profit (excluding minority 
interests' shares) of GBP18.0 million (2018: GBP8.8 million). 
 
   The key features of the Comparison result are: 
 
 
   -- In the UK, Confused.com saw market share increases in motor and home 
      insurance comparison and efficient media spending leading to 
      significantly increased profit of GBP20.4 million (2018: GBP14.3 million) 
 
   -- A loss of GBP4.3 million (2018: GBP6.9 million) at Compare.com in the US 
      (Admiral Group share). Statutory loss before tax was also lower at GBP7.2 
      million (2018: GBP10.0 million). The results reflect lower sales volumes 
      due to a reduced marketing spend and lower fixed costs 
 
   -- The continental European comparison businesses reported an increased 
      profit of GBP3.5 million (2018: GBP1.4 million) reflecting improved 
      customer experience through the digital customer journey and product 
      diversification, with strong growth at LeLynx in France 
 
 
   --Costs for Penguin Portals, and Preminen (which was previously recorded 
under business development costs in 'Other Group items') are included in 
the Comparison segment result in the 'other' section 
 
   The UK comparison market remains very competitive with increasing 
advertising spend across all marketing channels, however increases in 
market share across products and a focus on customer experience resulted 
in a 19% increase in turnover for Confused.com to GBP112.7 million 
(2018: GBP95.1 million). 
 
   The combined revenue from the European operations increased by 8% to 
GBP50.1 million (2018: GBP46.3 million), reflecting continued growth in 
traffic and customer quotes in LeLynx, and improved customer experience 
and product diversification across both operations. 
 
   Compare.com lowered losses to GBP4.3 million (2018: GBP6.9 million) as a 
result of downsizing to allow for a more agile approach, together with 
reduced marketing spend and increased efficiencies. A non-cash 
impairment of GBP2.0 million in the second half of 2019 (full year 
impairment total of GBP27.7 million) was recognised by the parent 
company in respect of its investment in Compare.com. This impairment is 
in line with the reduction in Compare.com's net assets since half year 
2019. The impairment charge is recognised in the income statement of the 
parent company and has no impact on the Group's consolidated profit for 
the period or the Group's 2019 regulatory capital position. 
 
   Preminen, the Group's comparison venture with Mapfre, continues to 
explore comparison in new markets overseas. Rastreator.mx in Mexico and 
Tamoniki.com in Turkey have focused on panel development and growth, 
while GoSahi.com in India was launched in 2019. 
 
   Comparison Regulatory environment 
 
   Confused.com is regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) as an 
insurance intermediary and is subject to all relevant intermediation 
rules, including those on solvency capital. 
 
   Rastreator and LeLynx are now locally licensed in Spain and France post 
the finalisation of Brexit preparations. Further information on the 
impact of Brexit on our European operations can be found later in this 
report. 
 
   Compare.com is a regulated insurance agency domiciled in Virginia, US, 
and licensed in all other US states. 
 
   Other Group Items 
 
   Other Group items financial review 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                                    2019    2018    2017 
-------------------------------------  ------  ------  ------ 
Share scheme charges                   (52.7)  (49.0)  (35.2) 
Admiral Loans loss before tax           (8.4)  (11.8)   (4.4) 
Other interest and investment return      6.0     2.9     8.4 
Business development costs              (2.1)   (4.3)   (5.2) 
Other central overheads                (20.0)  (10.5)   (5.1) 
Finance charges                        (11.2)  (11.3)  (11.4) 
Other Group items                      (88.4)  (84.0)  (52.9) 
-------------------------------------  ------  ------  ------ 
 
 
   Share scheme charges relate to the Group's two employee share schemes 
(refer to note 9 to the financial statements). Charges increased by 
GBP3.7 million in 2019, to GBP52.7 million reflecting the improved 
vesting outcomes resulting from the increased level of profit in 2019 
and a higher share price. 
 
   Other interest and investment income increased to GBP6.0 million in 2019 
(2018: GBP2.9 million). 2019 includes a lower level of unrealised losses 
relating to forward foreign exchange contracts compared to 2018 (2019: 
GBP0.1 million, 2018: GBP2.3 million). The higher number in 2019 was 
also driven by increased investment return due to the increased cash 
holding in the parent company. 
 
   Business development costs include costs associated with potential new 
ventures. The costs associated with Preminen have now been included in 
the Comparison section, contributing to the decrease in business 
development costs in 2019. 
 
   Other central overheads of GBP20.0 million continue to reflect the cost 
of a number of significant group projects. In addition, a GBP6 million 
cost relating to a one-off cash bonus of GBP500 per employee, is 
included in 2019 (2018: GBPnil). 
 
   Finance charges of GBP11.2 million (2018: GBP11.3 million) represent 
interest on the GBP200 million subordinated notes issued in July 2014 
(refer to note 6 to the financial statements). 
 
   Loans -- Scott Cargill -- CEO, Admiral Financial Services Limited 
 
   We can look back at 2019 with pride at what we delivered but knowing 
there is still much more to do with an exciting outlook for the coming 
years. 
 
   In just over two years Admiral Loans has built up a prime loan book 
totalling GBP455 million and is now a relevant participant in what is a 
large market in the UK.  The progress in 2019 was particularly pleasing, 
with customer growth of over 70% -- importantly, still within risk 
appetite. We improved our economics as we started to benefit from 
economies of scale. Our customers and employee scores were strong. And 
the loss of GBP8 million was in line with expectation. 
 
   Turning to 2020, we expect to benefit from a continued market shift to 
comparison and credit score marketplaces which now account for over 20% 
of personal loans distributed in the UK. I would therefore expect to see 
continued growth in our loan balances towards the GBP700-900 million 
range in the next two years that we identified at the 2019 half year 
results. 
 
   We remain acutely aware of and responsive to the macro-economic backdrop 
in the UK and anticipate continued investment in our people, technology, 
product and risk selection capabilities. I'd like to thank all our staff 
in Admiral Loans for the tremendous progress we made last year. 
 
 
 
 
GBPm                     2019    2018   2017 
----------------------  ------  ------  ----- 
Total interest income     30.8    15.0    1.6 
Interest expense(*1)     (9.1)   (4.3)  (0.4) 
Net interest income       21.7    10.7    1.2 
Other fee income           1.9     0.4      - 
Total income              23.6    11.2    1.2 
 
Expenses                (32.0)  (22.9)  (5.6) 
Admiral Loans result     (8.4)  (11.8)  (4.4) 
----------------------  ------  ------  ----- 
 
 
   (*1) Includes GBP2.8 million intra-group interest expense (2018: GBP0.7 
million; 2017: GBPnil) 
 
   Background 
 
   Admiral Loans launched in 2017 and provides unsecured personal loans and 
car finance products primarily through the comparison channel. 
 
   Loan balances increased during the year to GBP455 million (2018: GBP300 
million), with just over 5% of the book being used for car loans and 
over 15% being to existing Admiral insurance customers. The 12-month 
default experience remained in line with 2018 at around 2% during 2019 
and the business has continued to invest in its operational capabilities 
and technology. 
 
   Admiral Loans is funded through a combination of internal and external 
funding. The external portion funds approximately 60% of the current 
balance through securitisation. The risk and reward of the securitised 
loans is considered to remain with Admiral. 
 
   Result 
 
   Admiral Loans recorded a pre-tax loss of GBP8.4 million in 2019 
(decreased from GBP11.8 million in 2018). The lower loss predominantly 
reflects the increased interest income in the period, offset to an 
extent by increased provisions against the loan book due to its growing 
size. 
 
   UK Exit from the European Union ('Brexit') 
 
   Admiral adopted a prudent approach to Brexit and set up new entities in 
Europe under which the European operations have traded since 1 January 
2019. All of the Group's European insurance business is now underwritten 
by a regulated entity in Spain, Admiral Europe Compania Seguros (AECS). 
The Group's European comparison businesses Rastreator and LeLynx have 
successfully been merged into comparison companies established in Spain 
(Comparaseguros Corredia de Seguros) and France (LeLynx SAS) 
respectively. 
 
   Brexit continues to bring risks to the Group including: 
 
 
   -- The potential for market volatility, and the potential for the 
      uncertainty or the emerging terms of exit to trigger or exacerbate less 
      favourable economic conditions in the UK and other countries in which 
      Admiral operates (though it is worth noting that car insurance has tended 
      to be resilient to economic downturns; and Admiral Loans has adopted a 
      cautious approach to volumes and credit quality in advance of Brexit); 
 
   -- As part of the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment ("ORSA") process, the 
      Group has performed a stress testing exercise for its assessment of the 
      stressed macroeconomic conditions on the UK and EU insurance and 
      financial service businesses that may result from Brexit, including the 
      potential increase in claims costs following a spike in inflation.  This 
      includes negative movement in interest rates, currency, investment yields 
      and inflation which could be experienced post Brexit. Given the results 
      of the stress testing the Group is comfortable that it is able to manage 
      the potential outcomes of such scenarios should they occur; 
 
   -- Potential changes to the rules relating to the free movement of people 
      between the UK and the remaining EU member states. The Group has followed 
      external advice on planning for the small number of EU citizens working 
      within the UK and UK citizens working in the EU, for the Group; 
 
   -- Potential for impact on the import of car parts with potential impact on 
      claims costs. A working group is in place to manage and review this risk, 
      with commercial negotiations ongoing to mitigate risks arising from a "no 
      deal" Brexit; 
 
   -- Potential operational impacts for the provision of Green Cards for UK 
      customers to continue driving in the EU.  Procedures have been 
      established to manage the operational impacts and ensure suitable 
      communication to customers. 
 
 
   At present, the Group does not foresee a material adverse impact on 
day-to-day operations (including customers or employees). Whilst the 
Group is comfortable that it is able to manage potential outcomes 
following the review of the stress testing noted above, it recognises 
the uncertainties that exist post Brexit and the potential for adverse 
impacts to the Group's capital position and future dividend payments. 
Sensitivities to the Group's regulatory solvency ratio are presented 
earlier in this report, including a number of specific market risk 
sensitivities. The cost of the restructuring activity was not material 
to the Group. 
 
   Coronavirus (COVID-19) 
 
   Admiral is closely monitoring government updates in relation to the 
coronavirus during recent months and is considering any potential 
impacts on the business. 
 
   The response to date has focussed on the wellbeing of staff in the 
group's offices and also in ensuring that appropriate plans are in place 
to ensure that Admiral's operations can continue to service customers. 
 
   Ongoing stress testing work, overseen by the Group Risk Committee, is 
focused on operational resilience plans and potential financial impacts. 
As the situation develops Admiral will implement appropriate business 
continuity plans to mitigate potential impacts. 
 
   Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
 
   The Group's 2019 Annual Report will contain an analysis of the Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties identified by the Group's Enterprise Risk 
Management Framework, along with the impacts of those risks and actions 
taken to mitigate them. 
 
   Audit Tender 
 
   As referenced in the Group's 2018 Annual Report, in 2018 the Group's 
Audit Committee reported that it had reviewed the arrangements with the 
current external auditor and had considered whether it was appropriate 
to initiate a tender process in order that the current arrangements 
could be reviewed against those offered by other audit firms in the 
market. 
 
   The Committee considered the results of various reviews and 
consultations on the audit services market as well as other factors 
relating to a potential tender process and concluded that it was 
appropriate to continue with the planned tender process in 2020. The 
process will be initiated in Q2 2020 for an appointment (or 
reappointment) to be made with effect from 2021, coinciding with the 
rotation of the current audit partner.  As the Group Audit Committee has 
primary responsibility for conducting the tender process and making 
recommendations to the Board, regarding the appointment, reappointment 
and removal of the external auditor, it will lead the proposed tender 
process. The Committee intends to engage with the Group's major 
shareholders to get their views on the firms that will be invited to 
participate in the tender and the timetable that has been agreed for the 
tender process. 
 
   Disclaimer on forward-looking statements 
 
   Certain statements made in this announcement are forward-looking 
statements. Such statements are based on current expectations and 
assumptions and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and 
uncertainties that may cause actual events or results to differ 
materially from any expected future events or results expressed or 
implied in these forward-looking statements. 
 
   Persons receiving this announcement should not place undue reliance on 
forward-looking statements. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, 
regulation or accounting standard, the Group does not undertake to 
update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of 
new information, future developments or otherwise. 
 
   Consolidated income statement 
 
   For the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
                                                                         Year ended 
                                                                  31 December  31 December 
                                                                      2019         2018 
                                                            Note      GBPm         GBPm 
                                                                               ----------- 
Insurance premium revenue                                             2,198.4      2,079.6 
Insurance premium ceded to reinsurers                               (1,489.0)    (1,407.8) 
Net insurance premium revenue                                  5        709.4        671.8 
Other revenue                                                  8        469.9        449.2 
Profit commission                                              5        114.9         93.2 
 
Interest income                                                7         30.8         15.0 
Interest expense                                               7        (6.3)        (3.6) 
Net interest income from loans                                           24.5         11.4 
 
Investment return                                              6         35.3         36.0 
Net revenue                                                           1,354.0      1,261.6 
Insurance claims and claims handling expenses                  5    (1,568.1)    (1,513.8) 
Insurance claims and claims handling expenses recoverable 
 from reinsurers                                                      1,208.8      1,163.7 
Net insurance claims                                           5      (359.3)      (350.1) 
Operating expenses and share scheme charges                    9      (900.7)      (842.8) 
Operating expenses and share scheme charges recoverable 
 from co- and reinsurers                                       9        441.2        418.8 
Net operating expenses and share scheme charges                       (459.5)      (424.0) 
 
Total expenses                                                        (818.8)      (774.1) 
Operating profit                                                        535.2        487.5 
Finance costs                                                  6       (14.6)       (11.3) 
Finance costs recoverable from co- and reinsurers              6          2.0           -- 
Net finance costs                                                      (12.6)       (11.3) 
 
Profit before tax                                                       522.6        476.2 
Taxation expense                                              10       (94.2)       (85.7) 
Profit after tax                                                        428.4        390.5 
Profit after tax attributable to: 
Equity holders of the parent                                            432.4        395.1 
Non-controlling interests (NCI)                                         (4.0)        (4.6) 
                                                                        428.4        390.5 
Earnings per share 
Basic                                                         12       148.3p       137.1p 
Diluted                                                       12       148.0p       136.8p 
 
Dividends declared and paid (total)                           12        367.8        332.7 
Dividends declared and paid (per share)                       12       129.0p       118.0p 
                                                                               ----------- 
 
 
 
 
   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
 
   For the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
                                                                Year ended 
                                                         31 December   31 December 
                                                             2019          2018 
                                                             GBPm          GBPm 
                                                                      ------------ 
Profit for the period                                          428.4         390.5 
Other comprehensive income 
Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or 
 loss 
Movements in fair value reserve                                 34.6        (24.0) 
Deferred tax charge in relation to movement in fair 
 value reserve                                                 (1.5)           0.7 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign 
 operations                                                    (8.9)           2.2 
Movement in hedging reserve                                    (0.9)         (0.3) 
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of 
 income tax                                                     23.3        (21.4) 
Total comprehensive income for the period                      451.7         369.1 
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable 
 to: 
Equity holders of the parent                                   456.1         373.7 
Non-controlling interests                                      (4.4)         (4.6) 
                                                               451.7         369.1 
 
 
 
 
   Consolidated statement of financial position 
 
   As at 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
                                                                      As at 
                                                            31 December    31 December 
                                                                   2019           2018 
                                                     Note          GBPm           GBPm 
                                                                         ------------- 
ASSETS 
Property and equipment                                  11        154.4         28.1 
Intangible assets                                       11        160.3        162.0 
Deferred income tax                                     10           --          0.2 
Reinsurance assets                                       5      2,071.7      1,883.5 
Insurance and other receivables                          6      1,227.7      1,082.0 
Loans and advances to customers                          7        455.1        300.2 
Financial investments                                    6      3,234.5      2,969.7 
Cash and cash equivalents                                6        281.7        376.8 
Total assets                                                    7,585.4      6,802.5 
EQUITY 
Share capital                                           12          0.3          0.3 
Share premium account                                              13.1         13.1 
Other reserves                                          12         55.1         31.4 
Retained earnings                                                 840.9        713.5 
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the 
 parent                                                           909.4        758.3 
Non-controlling interests                                           9.2         12.8 
Total equity                                                      918.6        771.1 
LIABILITIES 
Insurance contract liabilities                           5      3,975.0      3,736.4 
Subordinated and other financial liabilities             6        530.1        444.2 
Trade and other payables                             6, 11      1,975.9      1,801.5 
Lease liabilities                                        6        137.1           -- 
Deferred income tax                                     10          0.4           -- 
Current tax liabilities                                 10         48.3         49.3 
Total liabilities                                               6,666.8      6,031.4 
Total equity and total liabilities                              7,585.4      6,802.5 
 
 
   The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements. 
 
   These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 4 
March 2020 and were signed on its behalf by: 
 
   Geraint Jones 
 
   Chief Financial Officer 
 
   Admiral Group plc 
 
   Consolidated cash flow statement 
 
   For the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
                                                                       Year ended 
                                                                31 December  31 December 
                                                                    2019         2018 
                                                         Note       GBPm         GBPm 
                                                                             ----------- 
Profit after tax                                                      428.4        390.5 
Adjustments for non-cash items: 
-- Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and 
 right-of-use assets                                        11         23.8         12.0 
-- Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets         11         18.7         15.5 
-- Movement in provision for loans and advances to 
 customers                                                   7         13.8          8.9 
-- Share scheme charges                                      9         53.4         49.8 
-- Accrued interest income from loans and advances 
 to customers                                                         (0.6)        (1.4) 
-- Investment return                                         6       (35.3)       (36.0) 
-- Finance costs, including unwinding of discounts 
 on lease liabilities                                                  12.6         14.9 
-- Taxation expense                                         10         94.2         85.7 
Change in gross insurance contract liabilities               5        238.6        422.5 
Change in reinsurance assets                                 5      (188.2)      (245.9) 
Change in insurance and other receivables                6, 11      (147.0)      (145.0) 
Change in gross loans and advances to customers              7      (168.7)      (242.9) 
Change in trade and other payables, including tax 
 and social security                                        11        174.4        159.9 
Cash flows from operating activities, before movements 
 in investments                                                       518.1        488.5 
Purchases of financial instruments                                (2,048.2)    (1,830.2) 
Proceeds on disposal/ maturity of financial instruments             1,847.9      1,573.4 
Interest and investment income received                      6         11.6          8.0 
Cash flows from operating activities, net of movements 
 in investments                                                       329.4        239.7 
Taxation payments                                                    (92.8)       (55.6) 
Net cash flow from operating activities                               236.6        184.1 
Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchases of property, equipment and software               11       (33.6)       (23.9) 
Net cash used in investing activities                                (33.6)       (23.9) 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
Non-controlling interest capital contribution                           1.6         19.3 
Proceeds on issue of loan backed securities                           136.2        168.3 
(Repayment)/proceeds from other financial liabilities                (50.3)         51.9 
Finance costs paid, including interest expense paid 
 on funding for loans                                                (14.0)       (14.1) 
Repayment of lease liabilities                                       (10.6)           -- 
Equity dividends paid                                       12      (367.8)      (332.7) 
Net cash used in financing activities                               (304.9)      (107.3) 
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents              (101.9)         52.9 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January                                376.8        326.8 
Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates                            6.8        (2.9) 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                   6        281.7        376.8 
 
 
 
   Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
 
   For the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
                                                                         Attributable to the owners of the Company 
                                                                 Share                                    Foreign   Retained                Non- 
                                                         Share   premium  Fair value                      exchange    profit             controlling 
                                                       capital   account    reserve     Hedging reserve   reserve    and loss   Total     interests   Total equity 
                                                          GBPm    GBPm       GBPm            GBPm           GBPm       GBPm      GBPm       GBPm          GBPm 
                                                      --------  --------  ----------  -----------------  ---------  ---------  ------- 
At 1 January 2018                                          0.3      13.1        36.4                 --       16.0      580.3    646.1           9.7         655.8 
Initial application of IFRS 9                               --        --         0.4                 --         --      (0.4)       --            --            -- 
Adjusted balance at 1 January 2018                         0.3      13.1        36.8                 --       16.0      579.9    646.1           9.7         655.8 
Profit/(loss) for the period                                --        --          --                 --         --      395.1    395.1         (4.6)         390.5 
Other comprehensive income 
Movements in fair value reserve                             --        --      (24.0)                 --         --         --   (24.0)            --        (24.0) 
Deferred tax charge in relation to movement in fair 
 value reserve                                              --        --         0.7                 --         --         --      0.7            --           0.7 
Movement in hedging reserve                                 --        --          --              (0.3)         --         --    (0.3)            --         (0.3) 
Currency translation differences                            --        --          --                 --        2.2         --      2.2            --           2.2 
Total comprehensive income for the period                   --        --      (23.3)              (0.3)        2.2      395.1    373.7         (4.6)         369.1 
Transactions with equity holders 
Dividends                                                   --        --          --                 --         --    (332.7)  (332.7)         (0.4)       (333.1) 
Share scheme credit                                         --        --          --                 --         --       56.7     56.7            --          56.7 
Deferred tax credit on share scheme credit                  --        --          --                 --         --        3.3      3.3            --           3.3 
Changes in ownership interests without a change in 
 control                                                    --        --          --                 --         --       11.2     11.2           8.1          19.3 
Total transactions with equity holders                      --        --          --                 --         --    (261.5)  (261.5)           7.7       (253.8) 
----------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ----------  -----------------  ---------  ---------  -------  ------------  ------------ 
As at 31 December 2018                                     0.3      13.1        13.5              (0.3)       18.2      713.5    758.3          12.8         771.1 
 
 
 
 
   Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued) 
 
   For the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
                                                                              Attributable to the owners of the Company 
----------------------------------------------------  --------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
                                                                 Share                                    Foreign   Retained                Non- 
                                                       Share     premium  Fair value                      exchange    profit             controlling 
                                                       capital   account    reserve     Hedging reserve   reserve    and loss   Total     interests   Total equity 
                                                        GBPm      GBPm       GBPm            GBPm           GBPm       GBPm      GBPm       GBPm          GBPm 
As at 31 December 2018                                     0.3      13.1        13.5              (0.3)       18.2      713.5    758.3          12.8         771.1 
Balance at 1 January 2019                                  0.3      13.1        13.5              (0.3)       18.2      713.5    758.3          12.8         771.1 
Profit/(loss) for the period                                --        --          --                 --         --      432.4    432.4         (4.0)         428.4 
Other comprehensive income 
Movements in fair value reserve                             --        --        34.6                 --         --         --     34.6            --          34.6 
Deferred tax charge in relation to movement in fair 
 value reserve                                              --        --       (1.5)                 --         --         --    (1.5)            --         (1.5) 
Movement in hedging reserve                                 --        --          --              (0.9)                          (0.9)            --         (0.9) 
Currency translation differences                            --        --          --                 --      (8.5)         --    (8.5)         (0.4)         (8.9) 
Total comprehensive income for the period                   --        --        33.1              (0.9)      (8.5)      432.4    456.1         (4.4)         451.7 
Transactions with equity holders 
Dividends                                                   --        --          --                 --         --    (367.8)  (367.8)            --       (367.8) 
Share scheme credit                                         --        --          --                 --         --       58.8     58.8            --          58.8 
Deferred tax credit on share scheme credit                  --        --          --                 --         --        3.2      3.2            --           3.2 
Contributions by NCIs                                       --        --          --                 --         --         --       --           2.2           2.2 
Changes in ownership interests without a change in 
 control                                                    --        --          --                 --         --        0.8      0.8         (1.4)         (0.6) 
Total transactions with equity holders                      --        --          --                 --         --    (305.0)  (305.0)           0.8       (304.2) 
As at 31 December 2019                                     0.3      13.1        46.6              (1.2)        9.7      840.9    909.4           9.2         918.6 
 
 
 
   Notes to the financial statements 
 
   For the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
   1. General information 
 
   Admiral Group plc is a company incorporated in England and Wales. Its 
registered office is at T Admiral, David Street, Cardiff, CF10 2EH and 
its shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange. 
 
   The consolidated financial statements have been prepared and approved by 
the Directors in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU). The Company has 
elected to prepare its Parent Company financial statements in accordance 
with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (FRS 
101). 
 
   2. Basis of preparation 
 
   The accounts have been prepared on a going concern basis. In considering 
this requirement, the Directors have taken into account the following: 
 
 
   -- The Group's projections for the next 12 months and beyond, in particular 
      the profit forecasts, regulatory capital surpluses and levels and sources 
      of liquidity. 
 
   -- The risks included on the Group's risk register that could impact on the 
      Group's financial performance, levels of liquidity and solvency over the 
      next 12 months.  This includes consideration of the principal risks and 
      uncertainties and how these are managed and mitigated. 
 
   -- The risks on the Group's risk register that could be a threat to the 
      Group's business model and capital adequacy. 
 
 
   The Group's business activities, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position are set out in 
the Strategic Report. The Strategic Report also includes the Group's 
principal risks and uncertainties. In addition, the Governance report 
includes the Directors' statement on the viability of the Group over a 
three year period. 
 
   Following consideration of the above, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in 
operation for the foreseeable future, a period not less than 12 months 
from the date of this report, and that it is therefore appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. 
 
   Further information regarding the Company's business activities, 
together with the factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position, is set out in the Strategic Report. Further 
information regarding the financial position of the Company, its cash 
flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are also described in 
the Strategic Report. In addition, notes 6 and 12 to the financial 
statements include the Company's objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details 
of its financial instruments; and its exposures to credit risk and 
liquidity risk. 
 
   The accounting policies set out in the notes to the financial statements 
have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods 
presented in these Group financial statements. 
 
   The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis, 
except for the revaluation of financial assets classified as fair value 
through profit or loss or as fair value through other comprehensive 
income. The Group and Company financial statements are presented in 
pounds sterling, rounded to the nearest GBP0.1 million. 
 
   Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an 
entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from 
its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity. In assessing control, the 
Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that are 
currently exercisable. The acquisition date is the date on which control 
is transferred to the acquirer. The financial statements of subsidiaries 
are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that 
control commences until the date that control ceases. Losses applicable 
to the non-controlling interests in a subsidiary are allocated to the 
non-controlling interests even if doing so causes the non-controlling 
interests to have a deficit balance. 
 
   The Group has securitised certain loans and advances to customers by the 
transfer of the loans to a special purpose entity ("SPE") controlled by 
the Group.  The securitisation enables a subsequent issuance of debt by 
the SPE to investors who gain the security of the underlying assets as 
collateral.  The SPE is fully consolidated into the Group financial 
statements under IFRS 10, as the Group controls the entity in line with 
the above definition. 
 
   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with adopted IFRS 
requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors 
that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results 
of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 
sources. 
 
   The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing 
basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the year in 
which the estimate is reviewed. To the extent that a change in an 
accounting estimate gives rise to changes in assets and liabilities, it 
is recognised by adjusting the carrying amount of the related asset or 
liability in the period of the change. 
 
   Adoption of new and revised standards 
 
   The Group has adopted the following IFRSs and interpretations during the 
year, which have been issued and endorsed by the EU: 
 
 
   -- IFRS 16 "Leases" 
 
   -- Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7) 
 
   -- Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015 -- 2017 Cycle 
 
   -- Amendments to IAS 28: Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint 
      Ventures 
 
 
   Other than the impact of IFRS 16 and the Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 
in respect of interest rate benchmark reform, further detail of which is 
provided below, the application of these amendments has not had a 
material impact on the Group's results, financial position and 
cashflows. 
 
   IFRS 16 
 
   During the year the Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases with a date of 
initial application of 1 January 2019. 
 
   IFRS 16 introduced a single, on-balance sheet accounting model for 
lessees. As a result, the Group, as a lessee, has recognised 
right-of-use assets representing its right to use the underlying assets 
and lease liabilities representing its obligations to make lease 
payments. 
 
   As permitted by the transitional provisions of IFRS 16 the Group has 
elected to use the modified retrospective approach, and as such has not 
restated prior year comparatives (which are presented, as previously 
reported, under IAS 17 and related interpretations). 
 
   The adjustments arising from transition are recognised in the opening 
balance sheet on 1 January 2019 and are set out below along with details 
of the changes in accounting policies relating to IFRS 16 as applied in 
the period. 
 
   a)            Definition of a lease and practical expedients applied 
 
   Previously, the Group determined at contract inception whether an 
arrangement was or contained a lease under IFRIC 4 Determining Whether 
an Arrangement contains a Lease. The Group now assesses whether a 
contract is or contains a lease based on the new definition of a lease, 
which under IFRS 16 is where a contract conveys a right to control the 
use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for 
consideration. 
 
   The Group has also used the following practical expedients permitted by 
the standard: 
 
 
   -- the use of a single discount rate for a portfolio of leases with 
      reasonably similar characteristics; 
 
   -- the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract 
      contains options to extend or terminate the lease; 
 
   -- the exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the 
      right-of-use assets at the date of initial application. 
 
 
   b)            Impact of transition 
 
   On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised additional right-of-use 
assets, and additional lease liabilities in relation to leases which 
were previously classified as 'operating leases' under IAS 17 Leases. 
The liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining 
lease payments, discounted using the Group's incremental borrowing rate 
as of 1 January 2019. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate 
(discount rate) applied is 2.4%. 
 
   A reconciliation of the Group's lease liabilities to the operating lease 
commitment at 31 December 2018 as disclosed in the Group's consolidated 
financial statements is shown below. 
 
 
 
 
                                                                 2019 
                                                                 GBPm 
-------------------------------------------------------  ------------ 
   Operating lease commitments disclosed as at 
    31 December 2018                                            185.9 
Impact of extension options exercised before 
 the date of initial application(*1)                             12.7 
Impact of changes in relation to IFRS 16 treatment(*1)         (24.0) 
Adjusted operating lease commitments under IFRS 
 16                                                             174.6 
Impact of discount at the date of initial application          (25.4) 
Lease liability recognised at 1 January 2019                    149.2 
Current                                                          10.5 
Non-current                                                     138.7 
                                                         ------------ 
 
 
   *1  Following a review of lease extension options and variable lease 
payments during the IFRS 16 transition process, the operating lease 
commitments disclosed as at 31 December 2018 have been amended to 
reflect the impact of a different treatment of inflation and VAT within 
lease agreements, and lease extensions that had occurred before the 
transition date but were not previously disclosed. 
 
   The associated right-of-use assets have been measured retrospectively, 
at an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any 
prepaid or accrued payments relating to that lease recognised in the 
statement of financial position as at 31 December 2018. There were no 
onerous lease contracts that would have required an adjustment to the 
right-of-use assets at the date of initial application. 
 
   All right-of-use assets relate to property leases held by the Group. 
 
   The following adjustment was recognised on the date of initial 
application: 
 
 
 
 
                                                          1 January 2019 
                                                               GBPm 
--------------------------------------------------  -------------------- 
      ROU Lease Assets                                             136.7 
      Trade and other payables- invoice accrual                      1.1 
      Trade and other payables- rent free accrual                   11.4 
      Lease Liability                                            (149.2) 
--------------------------------------------------  -------------------- 
 
 
   For the Group's accounting policy in relation to right-of-use assets and 
lease liabilities, see notes 6 and 11. 
 
   Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7) 
 
   In September 2019, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform -- 
Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7. These amendments modify 
specific hedge accounting requirements to allow hedge accounting to 
continue for affected hedges during the period of uncertainty before the 
hedged items or hedging instruments affected by the current interest 
rate benchmarks are amended as a result of the on--going interest rate 
benchmark reforms. 
 
   The amendments are relevant to the Group given that it hedges and 
applies hedge accounting to its benchmark interest rate exposure. 
 
   The application of the amendments impact the Group's accounting in the 
following way: 
 
 
   -- The Group has floating rate debt, linked to GBP LIBOR, which it hedges 
      using interest rate swaps. The amendments permit continuation of hedge 
      accounting even though there is uncertainty about the timing and amount 
      of the hedged cash flows due to the interest rate benchmark reforms. 
 
   -- The Group will retain the cumulative gain or loss in the cash flow hedge 
      reserve for designated cash flow hedges that are subject to benchmark 
      interest rate reforms even though there is uncertainty arising from the 
      interest rate benchmark reform with respect to the timing and amount of 
      the cash flows of the hedged items. Should the Group consider the hedged 
      future cash flows are no longer expected to occur due to reasons other 
      than interest rate benchmark reforms, the cumulative gain or loss will be 
      immediately reclassified to profit or loss. 
 
 
   The Group has chosen to early apply the amendments to IFRS 9 for the 
reporting period ending 31 December 2019, which are mandatory for annual 
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. Adopting these 
amendments allows the Group to continue hedge accounting during the 
period of uncertainty arising from interest rate benchmark reforms. 
 
   See note 6i for further details. 
 
   Standards endorsed but not yet effective 
 
   As at 31 December 2019, the following amendments to standards had been 
endorsed by the EU but are not yet effective: 
 
 
   -- Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: "Definition of Material" 
 
   -- Amendments to references to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards 
 
 
   No significant impact is expected as a result of adopting the above 
amendments. 
 
   Standards yet to be endorsed by the EU 
 
   There are a number of standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations that were issued by 31 December 2019 but have either yet 
to be endorsed by the EU, or were endorsed shortly after the year end. 
The following IFRSs have been issued but have not been applied by the 
Group in these financial statements: 
 
 
   -- IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts; 
 
   -- Amendments to IFRS 3 "Business Combinations" 
 
 
   IFRS 17 -- Insurance contracts 
 
   IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts was issued in May 2017, with a revised 
endorsement draft incorporating a number of proposed amendments issued 
in June 2019. The standard will replace IFRS 4, establishing new 
principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure 
of Insurance contracts within the scope of the standard.  The proposed 
IASB effective date in the revised exposure draft is 1 January 2022, 
requiring a transition balance sheet at 1 January 2021. 
 
   The Group continues to assess the impact of IFRS 17 on its results and 
financial position, taking into account the proposals in the revised 
exposure draft, along with any impacts of the other standards and 
amendments which have yet to be endorsed. 
 
   3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty 
 
   In applying the Group's accounting policies as described in the notes to 
the financial statements, the directors are required to make judgements 
(other than those involving estimations) that have a significant impact 
on the amounts recognised and to make estimates and assumptions about 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily 
apparent from other sources.   The estimates and associated assumptions 
are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered 
to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates. 
 
   The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing 
basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in 
which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, 
or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision 
affects both current and future periods. 
 
   Critical accounting judgements 
 
   The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving 
estimations (which are presented separately below), that the directors 
have made in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies and 
that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in 
financial statements. 
 
   --Classification of the Group's contracts with reinsurers as reinsurance 
contracts: 
 
   A contract is required to transfer significant insurance risk in order 
to be classified as such. Management reviews all terms and conditions of 
each such insurance and reinsurance contract in order to be able to make 
this judgement. In particular, all reinsurance contracts (both excess of 
loss and quota share contracts) held by the Group have been assessed and 
it has been concluded that all contracts transfer significant insurance 
risk and have therefore been classified and accounted for as reinsurance 
contracts within these financial statements. 
 
   --Consolidation of the Group's special purpose entity ("SPE") 
 
   During 2018 the Group set up an SPE in relation to the Admiral Loans 
business, whereby the Group securitises certain loans by the transfer of 
the loans to the SPE.  The securitisation enables a subsequent issue of 
debt by the SPE to investors who gain the security of the underlying 
assets as collateral. 
 
   The accounting treatment of the SPE has been assessed and it has been 
concluded that it should be fully consolidated into the Group's 
financial statements under IFRS 10.  This is due to the fact that 
despite not having legal ownership, the Group has control of the SPE, 
being exposed to the returns and having the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the SPE. 
 
   The SPE has therefore been fully consolidated into the Group's financial 
statements. 
 
   There are two further significant accounting estimates within the 
financial statements that also require management to apply judgement: 
 
   --Calculation of insurance claims provisions and reinsurance assets: 
 
   The Group's reserving policy requires management to set provisions for 
outstanding claims for the purpose of the financial statements, above 
the projected best estimate outcome to allow for unforeseen adverse 
claims development. In the application of this policy, Management 
applies judgement in: 
 
 
   -- calculating the best estimate of the gross ultimate total cost of 
      settling claims that have been incurred prior to the balance sheet date, 
 
   -- calculating the best estimate of the non-proportional excess of loss 
      reinsurance recoveries relating to outstanding claims 
 
   -- and determining where, above the projected best estimate outcomes of 
      gross outstanding claims and reinsurance recoveries, the insurance claims 
      provisions should sit in line with the Group's reserving methodology 
 
 
   Refer to the section on estimation techniques below, and the analysis of 
Insurance risk in note 5 to the financial statements for further detail 
on the development of the Group's reserving methodology applied during 
the period and the calculation of the projected best estimate outcome. 
 
   --Calculation of expected credit loss provision 
 
   The Group is required to calculate an expected credit loss ('ECL') 
allowance in respect of the carrying value of the Admiral Loans book in 
line with the requirements of IFRS 9. Due to the increase in the size of 
the loan book the calculation of the ECL is deemed to be a critical 
accounting judgement and includes key sources of estimation uncertainty. 
Management applies judgement in; 
 
 
   -- Determining the appropriate modelling solution for measuring the ECL 
 
   -- Calibrating and selecting appropriate assumptions 
 
   -- Setting the criteria for what constitutes a significant increase in 
      credit risk 
 
   -- Identification of key scenarios to include and determining the credit 
      loss in these instances. 
 
 
   Refer to the section on estimation techniques below, and the analysis in 
note 7 to the financial statements for further detail on the Group's ECL 
methodology applied in the period. 
 
   Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
 
   --Calculation of insurance claims provisions and reinsurance assets: 
 
   Estimation techniques are used in the calculation of the provisions for 
claims outstanding, which represent a projection of the ultimate 
estimated total cost of settling claims that have been incurred prior to 
the balance sheet date and remain unsettled at the balance sheet date, 
along with a margin to allow for unforeseen adverse claims development. 
 
   The primary areas of estimation uncertainty are as follows: 
 
   Calculation of gross best estimate claims provisions 
 
   The key area where estimation techniques are used is in the ultimate 
projected cost of reported claims, which includes the emergence of 
claims that occurred prior to the balance sheet date, but had not been 
reported at that date. 
 
   Independent actuarial advisors project the best estimate claims reserves 
using a variety of different recognised actuarial projection techniques 
(for example incurred and paid chain ladders, and initial expected 
assumptions) to allow an actuarial assessment of their potential 
outcome. This includes an allowance for unreported claims. 
 
   Claims are segmented into groups with similar characteristics and which 
are expected to develop and behave similarly, for example bodily injury 
(attritional and large) and damage claims, with specific projection 
methods selected for each head of damage. Key sources of estimation 
uncertainty arise from both the selection of the projection methods and 
the assumptions made in setting claims provisions through the review of 
historical development of underlying case reserve estimates, overlaid 
with emerging market trends. 
 
   Allowance is made for changes or uncertainties which may result future 
claim cost inflation to deviate from historic trends. These 
uncertainties include: 
 
 
   -- Changes in frequency of bodily injury claims 
 
   -- The effect of inflation on the average cost of bodily injury and damage 
      claims 
 
   -- The likelihood of bodily injury claims settling as Periodic Payment 
      Orders 
 
   -- Changes in the regulatory or legal environment that lead to changes in 
      awards for bodily injury claims and associated legal costs 
 
   -- Changes to underlying process and methodologies employed in setting case 
      reserve estimates 
 
 
   Implicit assumptions in the actuarial projections include average cost 
per claim and average claim numbers by accident year, future rates of 
claims inflation and loss ratios by accident year and underwriting year. 
These metrics are reviewed and challenged as part of the process for 
making allowance for the uncertainties noted. 
 
   Calculation of excess of loss reinsurance recoveries 
 
   The Group uses excess of loss reinsurance in order to mitigate the 
impact of large claims. The reinsurance is non-proportional and 
recoveries are made on individual claims above the relevant thresholds. 
 
   As for the underlying gross claims, independent actuarial advisors 
project the best estimate excess of loss reinsurance recoveries using a 
variety of actuarial projection techniques that focus on both the 
ultimate frequency of reported recoveries and the average size of the 
recovery. 
 
   Key sources of estimation uncertainty arise from both the selection of 
the projection methods and the assumptions made in calculating the 
recoveries through the review of historical development of underlying 
case reserve estimates, overlaid with emerging market trends. 
 
   The most significant element of the estimation relates to large bodily 
injury claims. The key assumption in the calculation of excess of loss 
recoveries relates to the numbers of large claims in the Group's core UK 
Motor insurance business that will attract recoveries, where the high 
retention means that a small number of additional large claims would 
potentially result in a material increase in the excess of loss 
recoveries. 
 
   Calculation of the margin held for adverse development 
 
   A wide range of factors inform management's recommendation in setting 
the margin held above actuarial best estimates, which is subject to 
approval from the Group's Reserving and Audit Committees, including: 
 
 
   -- Reserve KPIs such as the level of margin as a percentage of the ultimate 
      reserve. 
 
   -- Results of stress testing of key assumptions underpinning key actuarial 
      assumptions within best estimate reserves. 
 
   -- A review of a number of individual and aggregated reserve scenarios which 
      may result in future adverse variance to the ultimate best estimate 
      reserve. 
 
   -- Qualitative assessment of the level of uncertainty and volatility within 
      the reserves and the change in that assessment compared to previous 
      periods. 
 
 
   In addition, for the Group's core UK Car Insurance business, the Group's 
internal reserve risk distribution is used to determine the approximate 
confidence level of the recommended booked reserve position which 
enables comparison of the reserve strength to previous periods and 
demonstration of the compliance with IFRS 4. 
 
   For further detail on objectives, policies and procedures for managing 
insurance risk, refer to note 5 of the financial statements. 
 
   Future changes in claims reserves also impact profit commission income, 
as the measurement of this income is dependent on the loss ratio booked 
in the financial statements, and cash receivable is dependent on 
actuarial projections of ultimate loss ratios. 
 
   --Calculation of expected credit loss provision 
 
   The key areas of estimation uncertainty are in the calculation of the 
Probability of Default (PD) in the base scenario for stage 1 and 2 
assets, and the determination, impact assessment and weighting of the 
forward-looking scenarios. 
 
   Note 7 provides detail of the methodology the group has used in the 
period. 
 
   --Recognition of deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses: 
 
   Management is required to determine the probability of an entity 
generating future taxable profits against which to utilise accumulated 
losses in determining the recognition and measurement of deferred tax 
assets. In making this estimation, management makes an assessment of the 
reliability of approved business plan projections using both qualitative 
and quantitative factors including the age and status of the business, 
the Group's previous experience in similar markets, historic performance 
against business plans and the application of a number of stress and 
sensitivity tests to the projections. 
 
   4. Group consolidation and operating segments 
 
   4a. Accounting policies 
 
   (i) Group consolidation 
 
   The consolidated financial statements comprise the results and balances 
of the Company and all entities controlled by the Company, being its 
subsidiaries and SPE (together referred to as the Group), for the year 
ended 31 December 2019 and comparative figures for the year ended 31 
December 2018. The financial statements of the Company's subsidiaries 
and its SPE are consolidated in the Group financial statements. 
 
   The Company controls 100% of the voting share capital of all its 
principal subsidiaries, except Admiral Law Limited, BDE Law Limited 
(indirect holding), Inspop USA LLC, comparenow.com Insurance Agency LLC 
(indirect holding), Rastreator.com Limited, Rastreator Comparador 
Correduria De Seguros S.L.U (indirect holding),  Preminen Price 
Comparison Holdings Limited and the indirect holdings in Preminen Dragon 
Price Comparison Limited, Preminen Mexico Sociedad Anonima de Capital 
Variable, Preminen Online Fiyat Kar ıla tırma Hizmetleri 
Anonim irketi, Preminen Sigorta Brokerlik Anonim Sirketi and Preminen 
Price Comparison India Private Limited. 
 
   The SPE is fully consolidated into the Group financial statements under 
IFRS 10, whereby the Group has control over the SPE. 
 
   The Parent Company financial statements present information about the 
Company as a separate entity and not about its Group. In accordance with 
IAS 24, transactions or balances between Group companies that have been 
eliminated on consolidation are not reported as related party 
transactions in the consolidated financial statements. 
 
   (ii) Foreign currency translation 
 
   Items included in the financial records of each of the Group's entities 
are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the entity operates ('the functional currency'). The consolidated 
financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, the Group's 
presentational currency, rounded to the nearest GBP0.1 million. 
 
   Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the 
settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end 
exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are recognised in the income statement. 
 
   Non-monetary items measured at cost are translated at their historic 
rate and non-monetary items held at fair value are translated using the 
foreign exchange rate on the date that the fair value was established. 
 
   The financial statements of foreign operations whose functional currency 
is not pounds sterling are translated into the Group presentation 
currency (sterling) as follows: 
 
 
   -- Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at 
      the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet. 
 
   -- Income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average 
      monthly exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable 
      approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the 
      transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at 
      the date of the transaction). 
 
   -- All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive 
      income and in a separate component of equity except to the extent that 
      the translation differences are attributable to non-controlling 
      interests. 
 
 
   On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative amount recognised in 
equity relating to that particular operation is recognised in the income 
statement. 
 
   4b. Segment reporting 
 
   The Group has four reportable segments, as described below. These 
segments represent the principal split of business that is regularly 
reported to the Group's Board of Directors, which is considered to be 
the Group's chief operating decision maker in line with IFRS 8 Operating 
Segments. 
 
   UK Insurance 
 
   The segment consists of the underwriting of car insurance, van insurance, 
household insurance, travel insurance and other products that supplement 
these insurance policies within the UK. It also includes the generation 
of revenue from additional products and fees from underwriting insurance 
in the UK. The Directors consider the results of these activities to be 
reportable as one segment as the activities carried out in generating 
the revenue are not independent of each other and are performed as one 
business. This mirrors the approach taken in management reporting. 
 
   International Insurance 
 
   The segment consists of the underwriting of car and home insurance and 
the generation of revenue from additional products and fees from 
underwriting car insurance outside of the UK. It specifically covers the 
Group operations Admiral Seguros in Spain, ConTe in Italy, L'olivier 
Assurance in France and Elephant Auto in the US. None of these 
operations are reportable on an individual basis, based on the threshold 
requirements in IFRS 8. 
 
   Comparison 
 
   The segment relates to the Group's comparison businesses: Confused.com 
in the UK, Rastreator in Spain, LeLynx in France and compare.com in the 
US. From 2019, the segment also includes the Preminen entities, which 
has a head office in Spain and operations in Turkey, Mexico and India 
(all of which were previously reported in the 'Other' segment), and 
Penguin Portals, the new intermediate holding company of Confused.com, 
LeLynx and Rastreator. 
 
   Each of the comparison businesses are operating in individual 
geographical segments but are grouped into one reporting segment, as 
none of the operating segments individually meet the reporting segment 
threshold requirements of IFRS 8. 
 
   Other 
 
   The 'Other' segment is designed to be comprised of all other operating 
segments that do not meet the threshold requirements for individual 
reporting. It includes the Admiral Loans business and the Group's 
commercial van insurance broker, Gladiator. 
 
   Taxes are not allocated across the segments and, as with the corporate 
activities, are included in the reconciliation to the consolidated 
income statement and consolidated statement of financial position. 
 
   An analysis of the Group's revenue and results for the year ended 31 
December 2019, by reportable segment, is shown below. The accounting 
policies of the reportable segments are materially consistent with those 
presented in the notes to the financial statements for the Group. 
 
 
 
 
                                          Year ended 31 December 2019 
                      UK        International 
                   Insurance    Car Insurance   Comparison  Other   Eliminations(*2)   Total 
                      GBPm           GBPm          GBPm      GBPm         GBPm          GBPm 
                               ---------------  ----------  ------  ----------------  ------- 
Turnover(*1)          2,635.0            623.6       171.6    33.3            (19.4)  3,444.1 
Net insurance 
 premium 
 revenue                533.2            176.2          --      --                --    709.4 
Other Revenue 
 and profit 
 commission             407.6             22.5       171.6    24.2            (16.6)    609.3 
Investment 
 return                  30.4              1.5          --      --             (2.8)     29.1 
Net revenue             971.2            200.2       171.6    24.2            (19.4)  1,347.8 
Net insurance 
 claims               (215.8)          (143.5)          --      --                --  (359.3) 
Expenses              (157.5)           (57.6)     (156.9)  (31.5)              19.4  (384.1) 
Segment 
 profit/(loss) 
 before tax             597.9            (0.9)        14.7   (7.3)                --    604.4 
Other central revenue and expenses, including share 
 scheme charges                                                                        (76.6) 
Investment and 
 interest 
 income                                                                                   6.2 
Finance 
 costs(*3)                                                                             (11.4) 
Consolidated 
 profit before 
 tax(*4)                                                                                522.6 
Taxation expense                                                                       (94.2) 
Consolidated 
 profit after 
 tax                                                                                    428.4 
Other segment 
items: 
-- Intangible 
 and tangible 
 asset 
 additions               51.7             34.5         1.4     0.8                --     88.4 
-- Depreciation 
 and 
 amortisation            57.4             33.1         2.3     1.2                --     94.0 
 
   *1  Turnover is an Alternative Performance Measure presented before 
intra-group eliminations and consists of total premiums written 
(including co-insurers' share) and Other revenue. Refer to the glossary 
and note 13 for further information. 
 
   *2  Eliminations are in respect of the intra-group trading between the 
Group's comparison and UK and International insurance entities and 
intra-group interest. 
 
   *3  GBP1.2m of IFRS 16 interest expense (being the Group's net share of 
IFRS 16 interest expense) included within Finance Costs in the Income 
Statement has been reallocated to individual segments within expenses, 
in line with management segmental reporting. 
 
   *4  Profit before tax above of GBP522.6m is presented on a statutory 
basis, being 100% of the result for each entity. This increases to 
Group's share of profit before tax of GBP526.1m. See note 13f for a 
reconciliation of the UK Insurance, International Insurance and 
Comparison turnover and profit before tax to the Strategic Report. 
 
   Revenue and results for the corresponding reportable segments for the 
year ended 31 December 2018 are shown below. 
 
 
 
 
                                           Year ended 31 December 2018 
                      UK        International 
                   Insurance    Car Insurance   Comparison  Other(*4)  Eliminations(*2)   Total 
                      GBPm           GBPm          GBPm        GBPm          GBPm          GBPm 
                               ---------------  ----------  ---------  ----------------  ------- 
Turnover(*1)          2,575.7            538.7       151.0       17.5            (19.3)  3,263.6 
Net insurance 
 premium 
 revenue                523.9            147.9          --         --                --    671.8 
Other Revenue 
 and profit 
 commission             389.5             18.6       151.0       13.3            (18.6)    553.8 
Investment 
 return                  32.3              1.3          --         --             (0.7)     32.9 
Net revenue             945.7            167.8       151.0       13.3            (19.3)  1,258.5 
Net insurance 
 claims               (242.5)          (107.6)          --         --                --  (350.1) 
Expenses              (146.5)           (61.3)     (144.4)     (26.9)              19.3  (359.8) 
Segment 
 profit/(loss) 
 before tax             556.7            (1.1)         6.6     (13.6)                --    548.6 
Other central revenue and expenses, including share 
 scheme charges                                                                           (64.2) 
Investment and 
 interest 
 income                                                                                      3.1 
Finance costs                                                                             (11.3) 
Consolidated 
 profit before 
 tax(*3)                                                                                   476.2 
Taxation expense                                                                          (85.7) 
Consolidated 
 profit after 
 tax                                                                                       390.5 
Other segment 
items: 
-- Intangible 
 and tangible 
 asset 
 additions               43.0             29.8         2.0        2.2                --     77.0 
-- Depreciation 
 and 
 amortisation            49.7             26.4         1.1        0.8                --     78.0 
 
   *1  Turnover is an Alternative Performance Measure presented before 
intra-group eliminations and consists of total premiums written 
(including co-insurers' share) and Other Revenue. Refer to the glossary 
and note 13 for further information. 
 
   *2  Eliminations are in respect of the intra-group trading between the 
Group's comparison and UK and International insurance entities. 
 
   *3  Profit before tax above of GBP476.2m is presented on a statutory 
basis, being 100% of the result for each entity. This increases to 
Group's share of profit before tax of GBP479.3m. See note 13f for a 
reconciliation of the UK Insurance, International Insurance and 
Comparison turnover and profit before tax to the Strategic Report. 
 
   *4  "Other" in 2018 includes GBP2.5m of expansion costs associated with 
the Preminen entities (included within "Other central revenue and 
expenses, including share scheme charges").  In 2019, the results of the 
Preminen operations have been included in the Comparison segment, as 
those operations have started to generate revenue in the period.  The 
prior year segmental analysis has not been restated due to the amounts 
being immaterial. 
 
   Segment revenues 
 
   The UK and International Car Insurance reportable segments derive all 
insurance premium income from external policyholders. Revenue within 
these segments is not derived from an individual policyholder that 
represents 10% or more of the Group's total revenue. 
 
   The total of Comparison revenues from transactions with other reportable 
segments is GBP19.4 million (2018: GBP19.3 million) which has been 
eliminated on consolidation. There are no other transactions between 
reportable segments. 
 
   Revenues from external customers for products and services are 
consistent with the split of reportable segment revenues. 
 
   Information about geographical locations 
 
   All material revenues from external customers, and net assets attributed 
to a foreign country, are shown within the International Car Insurance 
reportable segment shown on the previous pages. The revenue and results 
of the international Comparison businesses, Rastreator, LeLynx, 
compare.com and the Preminen entities are not yet material enough to be 
presented as a separate segment. 
 
   Segment assets and liabilities 
 
   The identifiable segment assets and liabilities at 31 December 2019 are 
as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                         As at 31 December 2019 
                   UK      International Car 
                Insurance      Insurance        Comparison   Other   Eliminations   Total 
                  GBPm            GBPm             GBPm       GBPm       GBPm        GBPm 
                           -----------------  ------------  -------  ------------  ------- 
Reportable 
 segment 
 assets           6,282.1              966.7          98.7    610.7       (727.3)  7,230.9 
Reportable 
 segment 
 liabilities      5,232.7              824.4          49.9    942.1       (635.2)  6,413.9 
Reportable 
 segment net 
 assets           1,049.4              142.3          48.8  (331.4)        (92.1)    817.0 
Unallocated 
 assets and 
 liabilities                                                                         101.6 
Consolidated 
 net assets                                                                          918.6 
 
 
   Unallocated assets and liabilities consist of other central assets and 
liabilities, plus deferred and current corporation tax balances. These 
assets and liabilities are not regularly reviewed by the Board of 
Directors in the reportable segment format. 
 
   There is an asymmetrical allocation of assets and income to the 
reportable segments, in that the interest earned on cash and cash 
equivalent assets deployed in the UK Insurance, Comparison and 
International Car Insurance segments is not allocated in arriving at 
segment profits. This is consistent with regular reporting to the Board 
of Directors. 
 
   Eliminations represent inter-segment funding, balances included in 
insurance and other receivables and deemed loan receivables in respect 
of securitised loan receivables. 
 
   The segment assets and liabilities at 31 December 2018 are as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                         As at 31 December 2018 
                   UK      International Car 
                Insurance      Insurance        Comparison   Other   Eliminations   Total 
                  GBPm            GBPm             GBPm       GBPm       GBPm        GBPm 
                           -----------------  ------------  -------  ------------  ------- 
Reportable 
 segment 
 assets           5,760.5              831.0          89.2    414.9       (552.9)  6,542.7 
Reportable 
 segment 
 liabilities      4,870.3              702.1          35.0    623.4       (452.8)  5,778.0 
Reportable 
 segment net 
 assets             890.2              128.9          54.2  (208.5)       (100.1)    764.7 
Unallocated 
 assets and 
 liabilities                                                                           6.4 
Consolidated 
 net assets                                                                          771.1 
 
 
   5. Premium, claims and profit commissions 
 
   5a. Accounting policies 
 
   (i) Revenue -- premiums 
 
   Premiums relating to insurance contracts are recognised as revenue, net 
of expected cancellations and insurance premium tax, proportionally over 
the period of cover. Premiums with an inception date after the end of 
the period are held in the statement of financial position as deferred 
revenue. Outstanding collections from policyholders related to unexpired 
risk are recognised within policyholder receivables.   A corresponding 
unearned premium provision is recognised (see note 5a(iii)). 
 
   (ii) Revenue -- profit commission 
 
   Under some of the co-insurance and reinsurance contracts under which 
motor premiums are shared or ceded, profit commission may be earned on a 
particular year of account, which is usually subject to performance 
criteria such as loss ratios and expense ratios. The commission is 
dependent on the ultimate outcome of any year, with revenue being 
recognised when loss and expense ratios used in the preparation of the 
financial statements move below a contractual threshold. 
 
   Profit commission receivable from reinsurance contracts is accounted for 
in line with IFRS 4, whereas profit commission receivable from 
co-insurance contracts is in line with IFRS 15.  Further detail of the 
policy under IFRS 15 is set out in note 8. 
 
   (iii) Insurance contracts and reinsurance assets 
 
   Premiums 
 
   The proportion of premium receivable on in-force policies relating to 
unexpired risks is reported in insurance contract liabilities and 
reinsurance assets as the unearned premium provision -- gross and 
reinsurers' share respectively. 
 
   Claims 
 
   Claims and claims handling expenses are charged as incurred, based on 
the estimated direct and indirect costs of settling all liabilities 
arising on events occurring up to the balance sheet date. 
 
   The provision for claims outstanding comprises provisions for the 
estimated cost of settling all claims incurred but unpaid at the balance 
sheet date, whether reported or not. Anticipated reinsurance recoveries 
are disclosed separately as assets. 
 
   Whilst the Directors consider that the gross provisions for claims and 
the related reinsurance recoveries are fairly stated on the basis of the 
information currently available to them, the ultimate liability will 
vary as a result of subsequent information and events and may result in 
significant adjustments to the amounts provided. 
 
   Adjustments to the amounts of claims provisions established in prior 
years are reflected in the income statement for the period in which the 
adjustments are made and disclosed separately if material. The methods 
used, and the estimates made, are reviewed regularly. 
 
   Provision for unexpired risks is made where necessary for the estimated 
amount required over and above unearned premiums (net of deferred 
acquisition costs) to meet future claims and related expenses. 
 
   Co-insurance 
 
   The Group has entered into certain co-insurance contracts under which 
insurance risks are shared on a proportional basis, with the co-insurer 
taking a specific percentage of premium written and being responsible 
for the same proportion of each claim. The co-insurer therefore takes 
direct insurance risk from the policyholder and is subsequently directly 
responsible to the claimant for its proportion of the claim. As the 
contractual liability is several and not joint, neither the premiums nor 
claims relating to the co-insurance are included in the income 
statement. Under the terms of these agreements the co-insurers reimburse 
the Group for the same proportionate share of the costs of acquiring and 
administering the business. 
 
   Reinsurance assets 
 
   Contracts entered into by the Group with reinsurers under which the 
Group is compensated for losses on the insurance contracts issued by the 
Group are classified as reinsurance contracts. A contract is only 
accounted for as a reinsurance contract where there is significant 
insurance risk transfer between the insured and the insurer. 
 
   Reinsurance assets are comprised of balances due from reinsurance 
companies for ceded insurance liabilities. Amounts recoverable from 
reinsurers are estimated in a consistent manner with the outstanding 
claims provisions or settled claims associated with the reinsured 
policies and in accordance with the relevant reinsurance contract. 
 
   The Group assesses its reinsurance assets for impairment on a regular 
basis, and in detail every six months. If there is objective evidence 
that the asset is impaired, then the carrying value will be written down 
to its recoverable amount. 
 
   On the commutation of reinsurance contracts, the reinsurer is discharged 
from all obligations relating to the contract. Reinsurance assets and 
liabilities relating to the commuted contracts are settled in the period 
in which the commutation agreement is signed. 
 
   5b. Net insurance premium revenue 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December  31 December 
                                                          2019         2018 
                                                          GBPm         GBPm 
Total insurance premiums written before 
 co-insurance(*1)                                         2,884.4      2,754.1 
Group gross premiums written after co-insurance           2,273.7      2,166.7 
Outwards reinsurance premiums                           (1,541.4)    (1,464.3) 
Net insurance premiums written                              732.3        702.4 
Change in gross unearned premium provision                 (75.3)       (87.1) 
Change in reinsurers' share of unearned premium 
 provision                                                   52.4         56.5 
Net insurance premium revenue                               709.4        671.8 
 
 
   *1  Alternative Performance Measures -- refer to the end of the report 
for definition and explanation, and to note 13a for reconciliation to 
group gross premiums written. 
 
   The Group's share of its insurance business was underwritten by Admiral 
Insurance (Gibraltar) Limited, Admiral Insurance Company Limited, 
Admiral Europe Compania Seguros ('AECS') and Elephant Insurance Company. 
All contracts are short term in duration, lasting for 10 or 12 months. 
 
   5c. Profit commission 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December  31 December 
                                                          2019         2018 
                                                          GBPm         GBPm 
Underwriting year (UK Motor only) 
2014 and prior                                               23.8         61.1 
2015                                                         24.5         11.0 
2016                                                         27.5         22.9 
2017                                                         36.4           -- 
Total UK Motor profit commission(*1)                        112.2         95.0 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total UK Household and International profit 
 commission(*1)                                               2.7        (1.8) 
Total profit commission                                     114.9         93.2 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
   *1  Of the total UK motor profit commission recognised of GBP112.2m, 
GBP95.4m relates to co-insurance arrangements and GBP16.8m to 
reinsurance arrangements.  The UK Household and International profit 
commission relates solely to reinsurance arrangements. 
 
   No profit commission has yet been recognised on the 2018 -- 2019 
underwriting years as the combined ratios calculated from the financial 
statement loss ratios on these years sit above the threshold for profit 
commission recognition. 
 
   5d. Reinsurance assets and insurance contract liabilities 
 
   (i) Objectives, policies and procedures for the management of insurance 
risk 
 
   The Group's primary business is the issuance of insurance contracts that 
transfer risk from policyholders to the Group and its co-insurance 
partners. 
 
   Insurance risk involves uncertainty over the occurrence, amount or 
timing of claims arising on insurance contracts issued. It is primarily 
comprised of Reserve risk; the risk that the value of insurance 
liabilities established is insufficient to cover the ultimate cost of 
claims incurred at the balance sheet date, and premium risk; the risk 
that the claims experience on business written but not earned is higher 
than allowed for in the premiums charged to policyholders. 
 
   The Board of Directors is responsible for the management of insurance 
risk, although as mentioned in note 6, it has delegated the detailed 
oversight of risk management to the Group Risk Committee. 
 
   The Group also has a Reserving Committee which comprises senior managers 
within the finance, claims, pricing and actuarial functions. The 
Reserving Committee primarily recommends the approach for UK Car 
Insurance reserving but also reviews the systems and controls in place 
to support accurate reserving and material reserving issues such as 
Periodic Payment Order (PPO) and claims inflation, which represent the 
key uncertainties in the amount or timing of claims settlements. 
 
   The Board implements certain policies in order to mitigate and control 
the level of insurance risk accepted by the Group. These include pricing 
policies and claims management and administration processes, in addition 
to reserving policies and co- and reinsurance arrangements as detailed 
below. 
 
   Reserve Risk 
 
   Reserving risk is mitigated through a series of processes and controls. 
The key processes are as follows: 
 
 
   -- Regular management and internal actuarial review of individual and 
      aggregate case claim reserves, including regular reporting of management 
      information and exception reporting of significant movements; 
 
   -- Regular management and internal actuarial review of large claims, 
      including claims settled or potentially settled by PPOs for which the 
      uncertainty is increased by factors such as the lifetime of the claimant 
      and movements in the indexation for the cost of future care of the 
      claimant; 
 
   -- Bi-annual external actuarial review of best estimate claims reserves 
      using a variety of recognised actuarial techniques; 
 
   -- Internal actuarial analysis of reserve uncertainty through qualitative 
      analysis, scenario testing and a range of stochastic reserving 
      techniques; 
 
   -- Ad hoc external reviews of reserving related processes and assumptions; 
 
   -- Use of a reserving methodology which informs management's reserving 
      decisions for the purposes of the Group's financial statements. As 
      described in note 3, critical accounting judgements and estimates, the 
      methodology determines that reserves should be set above projected best 
      estimate outcomes to allow for unforeseen adverse claims development. 
 
 
   As noted above, the Group shares a significant amount of the insurance 
business generated with external underwriters. As well as these 
proportional arrangements, excess of loss reinsurance programmes are 
also purchased to protect the Group against very large individual claims 
and catastrophe losses. 
 
   Claims reserving 
 
   As previously disclosed, Admiral's reserving policy (both within the 
claims function and in the financial statements) is initially to reserve 
conservatively, above internal and independent projections of actuarial 
best estimates. This is designed to create a margin held in reserves to 
allow for unforeseen adverse development in open claims and typically 
results in Admiral making above industry average reserve releases. 
Admiral's booked claims reserves continue to include a significant 
margin above projected best estimates of ultimate claims costs. 
 
   As at 31 December 2019, the level of relative reserve margin is 
consistent with that at 31 December 2018, albeit remaining prudent when 
measured against the internal reserve risk distribution and other market 
benchmarks. 
 
   As profit commission income is recognised in the income statement in 
line with loss ratios accounted for on Admiral's own claims reserves, 
the reserving policy also results in profit commission income being 
deferred and recognised over time. 
 
   Premium Risk 
 
   As noted above, the Group defines Premium risk as the risk that claims 
cost on business written but not yet earned is higher than allowed for 
in the premiums charged to policyholders. This also includes catastrophe 
risk; the risk of incurring significant losses as a result of the 
occurrence of manmade catastrophe or natural weather events. 
 
   Key processes and controls operating to mitigate premium risk are as 
follows: 
 
 
   -- Experienced and focused senior management and teams in relevant business 
      areas including pricing and claims management; 
 
   -- A data-driven and analytical approach to regular monitoring of claims and 
      underwriting performance; 
 
   -- Capability to identify and resolve underperformance promptly through 
      changes to key performance drivers, in particular pricing. 
 
 
   In addition, as mentioned above, excess of loss reinsurance programmes 
are also purchased to protect the Group against very large individual 
claims and catastrophe losses. 
 
   Other elements of insurance risk include reinsurance risk; the risk of 
placement of ineffective reinsurance arrangements, or the economic risk 
of reduced availability of co-insurance and reinsurance arrangements in 
future periods. 
 
   The Group mitigates these risks by ensuring that it has a diverse range 
of financially secure reinsurance partners, including a long-term 
relationship with Munich Re and a number of other very large reinsurers. 
 
   Concentration of insurance risk 
 
   The Directors do not believe there are significant concentrations of 
insurance risk. This is because, although the Group has historically 
written only one significant line of UK insurance business, the risks 
are spread across a large number of people and a wide regional base. The 
International Car Insurance, UK Household, UK Travel and UK Van 
businesses further contribute to the diversification of the Group's 
insurance risk. 
 
   (ii) Sensitivity of recognised amounts to changes in assumptions 
 
   Ogden discount rate 
 
   During 2019, following the announcement by the UK Government, the Ogden 
discount rate which is used in setting personal injury compensation, was 
changed to minus 0.25% from the existing minus 0.75% rate that had been 
in place since February 2017. The change came into effect on 5 August 
2019 and the minus 0.25% rate is likely to remain in place for up to 
five years. 
 
   The minus 0.25% rate is 25 basis points lower than the assumed rate of 
0% that was used in setting best estimate claims reserves at 31 December 
2018. Given the stated timeframes for the update of the rate, 
sensitivities to the Ogden discount rate assumption are not presented. 
 
 
   Underwriting year loss ratios -- UK Car Insurance 
 
   The following table sets out the impact on equity and post-tax profit or 
loss at 31 December 2019 that would result from a 1%, 3% and 5% increase 
and decrease in the UK Car insurance loss ratios used for each 
underwriting year for which material amounts remain outstanding. 
 
 
 
 
                                                       Underwriting year 
                                                  2016    2017    2018   2019 
                                                         ------  ------  ----- 
Booked loss ratio                                   73%     75%     81%    92% 
Impact of 1% deterioration in booked loss ratio 
 (GBPm)                                          (14.2)  (15.9)   (3.8)  (2.0) 
Impact of 3% deterioration in booked loss ratio 
 (GBPm)                                          (42.4)  (47.6)  (11.3)  (5.9) 
Impact of 5% deterioration in booked loss ratio 
 (GBPm)                                          (69.6)  (72.6)  (18.9)  (9.8) 
Impact of 1% improvement in booked loss ratio 
 (GBPm)                                            14.2    15.3     9.5    2.0 
Impact of 3% improvement in booked loss ratio 
 (GBPm)                                            42.6    46.3    33.7    5.9 
Impact of 5% improvement in booked loss ratio 
 (GBPm)                                            71.0    77.6    61.7    9.8 
 
 
   As above, the impact is stated net of reinsurance and includes the 
change in net insurance claims along with the associated profit 
commission movements that result from changes in loss ratios. The 
figures are stated net of tax at the current rate. 
 
   (iii) Analysis of recognised amounts 
 
 
 
 
                                                   31 December  31 December 
                                                       2019         2018 
                                                       GBPm         GBPm 
Gross 
Claims outstanding(*1)                                 2,899.4      2,740.5 
Unearned premium provision                             1,075.6        995.9 
Total gross insurance liabilities                      3,975.0      3,736.4 
Recoverable from reinsurers 
Claims outstanding                                     1,354.2      1,220.1 
Unearned premium provision                               717.5        663.4 
Total reinsurers' share of insurance liabilities       2,071.7      1,883.5 
Net 
Claims outstanding(*2)                                 1,545.2      1,520.4 
Unearned premium provision                               358.1        332.5 
Total insurance liabilities -- net                     1,903.3      1,852.9 
 
   *1  Gross claims outstanding at 31 December 2019 is presented before the 
deduction of salvage and subrogation recoveries totalling GBP71.7 
million (2018: GBP56.4 million). 
 
   *2  Admiral typically commutes quota share reinsurance contracts in its 
UK Car Insurance business 24-36 months following the start of the 
underwriting year. After commutation, claims outstanding from these 
contracts are included in Admiral's net claims outstanding balance. 
Refer to note (v) below. 
 
   The maturity profile of gross insurance liabilities at the end of 2019 
is as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                    < 1 year  1--3 years  > 3 years 
                                      GBPm       GBPm        GBPm 
Claims outstanding                     813.7       497.0    1,588.7 
Unearned premium provision           1,075.6          --         -- 
Total gross insurance liabilities    1,889.3       497.0    1,588.7 
 
 
   The maturity profile of gross insurance liabilities at the end of 2018 
was as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                    < 1 year  1--3 years  > 3 years 
                                      GBPm       GBPm        GBPm 
Claims outstanding                     739.9       383.7    1,616.9 
Unearned premium provision             995.9          --         -- 
Total gross insurance liabilities    1,735.8       383.7    1,616.9 
 
 
   (iv) Analysis of claims incurred 
 
   The following tables illustrate the development of gross and net UK 
Insurance and International Insurance claims incurred for the past ten 
financial periods, including the impact of re-estimation of claims 
provisions at the end of each financial year. The first table shows 
actual gross claims incurred and the second shows actual net claims 
incurred. Figures are presented on an underwriting year basis. 
 
 
 
 
                                                Financial year ended 31 December 
Analysis of claims 
 incurred (gross      2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015      2016       2017       2018       2019       Total 
 amounts)              GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm      GBPm       GBPm       GBPm       GBPm       GBPm 
Underwriting year 
 (UK insurance) 
2010 and prior       (360.3)  (250.1)      4.2     41.7     28.0     10.6        4.1        4.3        6.4       16.5 
2011                      --  (444.3)  (329.7)     43.4     51.4     47.9      (0.9)       26.9       21.0        0.5    (583.8) 
2012                      --       --  (463.7)  (334.7)     49.8     69.2        8.6       59.9       30.3        8.5    (572.1) 
2013                      --       --       --  (431.1)  (325.5)     53.6       44.4       34.2       35.2        8.2    (581.0) 
2014                      --       --       --       --  (438.2)  (347.1)       25.6       17.1       52.0       15.7    (674.9) 
2015                      --       --       --       --       --  (428.4)    (411.2)       21.7       53.3       58.0    (706.6) 
2016                      --       --       --       --       --       --    (529.4)    (463.7)       82.1       54.8    (856.2) 
2017                      --       --       --       --       --       --         --    (691.8)    (615.0)      123.1  (1,183.7) 
2018                      --       --       --       --       --       --         --         --    (818.8)    (546.9)  (1,365.7) 
2019                      --       --       --       --       --       --         --         --         --    (812.4)    (812.4) 
UK insurance gross 
 claims incurred     (360.3)  (694.4)  (789.2)  (680.7)  (634.5)  (594.2)    (858.8)    (991.4)  (1,153.5)  (1,074.0) 
Underwriting year 
 (International 
 insurance)(*1) 
2010 and prior        (31.8)   (29.9)   (11.5)    (0.1)      5.1      1.3        0.6        0.6        1.5        0.5 
2011                      --   (35.7)   (42.7)      1.2      5.7      1.7        4.0        1.2        1.3        1.1     (62.2) 
2012                      --       --   (58.0)   (53.7)      0.7      4.0        6.0        2.6        2.0        1.5     (94.9) 
2013                      --       --       --   (68.2)   (57.8)      4.2        7.7        3.3        5.8        1.3    (103.7) 
2014                      --       --       --       --   (85.2)   (65.5)        4.4        5.8        5.5        2.0    (133.0) 
2015                      --       --       --       --       --   (92.6)    (101.6)        7.7        3.1        0.1    (183.3) 
2016                      --       --       --       --       --       --    (138.9)    (125.3)       11.7        6.9    (245.6) 
2017                      --       --       --       --       --       --         --    (174.1)    (147.3)       16.5    (304.9) 
2018                      --       --       --       --       --       --         --         --    (204.9)    (165.7)    (370.6) 
2019                      --       --       --       --       --       --         --         --         --    (293.8)    (293.8) 
 International 
  insurance gross 
  claims incurred     (31.8)   (65.6)  (112.2)  (120.8)  (131.5)  (146.9)    (217.8)    (278.2)    (321.3)    (429.6) 
 
 
Other gross claims 
 incurred              (7.6)      0.0    (1.7)    (2.2)    (7.1)    (5.4)      (0.1)      (3.6)      (1.1)         -- 
Claims handling 
 costs                (17.0)   (25.9)   (26.0)   (22.9)   (21.4)   (22.6)     (27.1)     (35.5)     (37.9)     (64.5) 
Total gross claims 
 incurred            (416.7)  (785.9)  (929.1)  (826.6)  (794.5)  (769.1)  (1,103.8)  (1,308.7)  (1,513.8)  (1,568.1) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                            Financial year ended 31 December 
Analysis of claims 
 incurred (net        2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     2019     Total 
 amounts)              GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm 
Underwriting year 
 (UK insurance) 
2010 and prior       (184.1)  (119.9)      2.8     41.7     28.0     10.6     14.0     11.4      3.6     15.5 
2011                      --  (203.7)  (151.1)     39.7     51.4     47.0      8.4     26.2     16.3      1.7  (164.1) 
2012                      --       --  (196.0)  (139.3)     49.8     69.2     19.4     59.1     30.6      4.9  (102.3) 
2013                      --       --       --  (184.4)  (135.0)     38.4     49.3     36.4     34.7      4.4  (156.2) 
2014                      --       --       --       --  (187.0)  (144.1)   (16.4)     25.3     38.4     17.2  (266.6) 
2015                      --       --       --       --       --  (182.1)  (162.0)    (2.6)     42.6     48.2  (255.9) 
2016                      --       --       --       --       --       --  (219.4)  (180.7)     48.1     50.7  (301.3) 
2017                      --       --       --       --       --       --       --  (214.3)  (182.9)     77.8  (319.4) 
2018                      --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --  (261.0)  (165.2)  (426.2) 
2019                      --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --  (258.1)  (258.1) 
UK insurance net 
 claims incurred     (184.1)  (323.6)  (344.3)  (242.3)  (192.8)  (161.0)  (306.7)  (239.2)  (229.6)  (202.9) 
Underwriting year 
 (International 
 insurance) 
2010 and prior        (12.8)   (13.4)    (5.7)    (0.1)      2.5      0.6      0.2      0.3      0.7      0.3 
2011                      --   (14.9)   (18.7)      0.4      2.9      0.8      2.0      0.6      0.6      0.4   (25.9) 
2012                      --       --   (24.2)   (22.8)    (0.8)      2.0      2.2      1.3      1.0      0.7   (40.6) 
2013                      --       --       --   (26.6)   (23.5)      1.7      4.8      0.9      3.0      0.7   (39.0) 
2014                      --       --       --       --   (31.6)   (23.3)      1.8      1.8      2.2      0.8   (48.3) 
2015                      --       --       --       --       --   (33.4)   (39.6)      5.1      1.3      1.3   (65.3) 
2016                      --       --       --       --       --       --   (47.9)   (43.5)      6.3      2.4   (82.7) 
2017                      --       --       --       --       --       --       --   (60.7)   (51.5)      5.5  (106.7) 
2018                      --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --   (71.2)   (58.4)  (129.6) 
2019                      --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --   (89.6)   (89.6) 
International 
 insurance net 
 claims incurred      (12.8)   (28.3)   (48.6)   (49.1)   (50.5)   (51.6)   (76.5)   (94.2)  (107.6)  (135.9) 
-------------------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------- 
Other net claims 
 incurred              (3.1)      0.0    (0.8)    (2.1)    (6.9)    (5.4)    (0.2)    (2.6)    (1.1)       -- 
Claims handling 
 costs                 (8.5)   (11.9)   (10.8)    (9.5)    (8.9)    (9.4)   (11.2)   (11.1)   (11.8)   (20.5) 
Total net claims 
 incurred            (208.5)  (363.8)  (404.5)  (303.0)  (259.1)  (227.4)  (394.6)  (347.1)  (350.1)  (359.3) 
 
 
   The table below shows the development of UK Car Insurance loss ratios 
for the past six financial periods, presented on an underwriting year 
basis. 
 
 
 
 
                                    Financial year ended 31 December 
UK Car Insurance loss ratio 
development                          2014    2015   2016   2017   2018   2019 
                                            ------  -----  -----  -----  ----- 
Underwriting year (UK Car only) 
2014                                   92%     89%    84%    81%    76%    74% 
2015                                           87%    87%    83%    77%    72% 
2016                                            --    88%    84%    77%    73% 
2017                                            --     --    87%    83%    75% 
2018                                            --     --     --    92%    81% 
2019                                            --     --     --     --    92% 
 
 
   (v) Analysis of claims reserve releases 
 
   The following table analyses the impact of movements in prior year 
claims provisions on a gross and net basis. Figures are presented on an 
underwriting year basis. 
 
 
 
 
                                         Financial year ended 31 December 
                                     2014    2015   2016   2017   2018   2019 
  Gross                              GBPm    GBPm    GBPm   GBPm   GBPm   GBPm 
Underwriting year (UK Motor 
insurance) 
2014 and prior                       148.1   197.7  133.8  158.3  123.6   43.9 
2015                                    --      --    1.9   32.0   50.9   47.3 
2016                                    --      --     --   23.7   70.6   50.6 
2017                                    --      --     --     --   25.4  110.6 
2018                                    --      --     --     --     --   83.2 
Total gross release (UK Motor 
 Insurance)                          148.1   197.7  135.7  214.0  270.5  335.6 
----------------------------------  ------  ------  -----  -----  -----  ----- 
Total gross release (UK Household 
 Insurance)                             --      --     --    1.6    4.6    8.3 
Total gross release (International 
 Insurance)                           12.6    14.0   21.0   23.2   35.2   39.1 
Total gross release                  160.7   211.7  156.7  238.8  310.3  383.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                        Financial year ended 31 December 
                                             2015   2016   2017   2018   2019 
Net                               2014 GBPm   GBPm   GBPm   GBPm   GBPm   GBPm 
                                             -----  -----  -----  -----  ----- 
Underwriting year (UK Motor 
Insurance) 
2014 and prior                        137.4  173.4   74.6  158.3  123.4   43.9 
2015                                     --     --    0.8  (2.4)   42.5   47.3 
2016                                     --     --     --   10.0   47.1   50.6 
2017                                     --     --     --     --    8.0   75.8 
2018                                     --     --     --     --     --   25.8 
Total net release (UK Motor 
 Insurance)                           137.4  173.4   75.4  165.9  221.0  243.4 
--------------------------------  ---------  -----  -----  -----  -----  ----- 
Total net release (UK Household 
 Insurance)                              --     --     --    0.5    1.4    2.5 
Total net release (International 
 Insurance)                             6.3    6.5    9.9    9.5   13.5   14.4 
Total net release                     143.7  179.9   85.3  175.9  235.9  260.3 
Analysis of net releases on UK 
Motor Insurance: 
-- Net releases on Admiral net 
 share (motor)                         66.8   84.6   58.3   92.1  111.4  121.7 
-- Releases on commuted quota 
 share reinsurance contracts           70.6   88.8   17.1   73.8  109.6  121.7 
Total net release as above            137.4  173.4   75.4  165.9  221.0  243.4 
 
 
   Admiral typically commutes quota share reinsurance contracts in its UK 
Car Insurance business 24 or 36 months following the start of the 
underwriting year. After commutation, any changes in claims costs on the 
commuted proportion of the business are reflected within claims costs 
and are separately analysed here. Releases on commuted quota share 
contracts are analysed by underwriting year as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                                      Financial year ended 31 December 
                                                     2015   2016    2017   2018    2019 
                                                      GBPm   GBPm   GBPm    GBPm   GBPm 
                                                            -----  ------  -----  ------ 
Underwriting year 
2014 and prior                                        88.8   17.1    89.6   70.6    23.0 
2015                                                    --     --  (15.8)   21.3    27.7 
2016                                                    --     --      --   17.7    29.5 
2017                                                    --     --      --     --    41.5 
Total releases on commuted quota share reinsurance 
 contracts                                            88.8   17.1    73.8  109.6   121.7 
---------------------------------------------------  -----  -----  ------  -----  ------ 
 
 
   Profit commission is analysed in note 5c. 
 
   (vi) Reconciliation of movement in claims provision 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December 2019 
                                                 Gross    Reinsurance    Net 
                                                  GBPm        GBPm       GBPm 
                                                          -----------  ------- 
Claims provision at start of period              2,740.5    (1,220.1)  1,520.4 
Claims incurred (excluding releases)             1,886.6    (1,287.6)    599.0 
Reserve releases                                 (383.0)        122.7  (260.3) 
Movement in claims provision due to 
 commutation                                          --        257.1    257.1 
Claims paid and other movements                (1,344.7)        773.7  (571.0) 
Claims provision at end of period                2,899.4    (1,354.2)  1,545.2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December 2018 
                                                 Gross    Reinsurance    Net 
                                                  GBPm        GBPm       GBPm 
                                                          -----------  ------- 
Claims provision at start of period              2,403.2    (1,028.8)  1,374.4 
Claims incurred (excluding releases)             1,786.2    (1,212.0)    574.2 
Reserve releases                                 (310.3)         74.4  (235.9) 
Movement in claims provision due to 
 commutation                                          --        310.4    310.4 
Claims paid and other movements                (1,138.6)        635.9  (502.7) 
Claims provision at end of period                2,740.5    (1,220.1)  1,520.4 
 
 
   (viii) Reconciliation of movement in net unearned premium provision 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December 2019 
                                                 Gross    Reinsurance    Net 
                                                  GBPm        GBPm       GBPm 
                                                          -----------  ------- 
Unearned premium provision at start of period      995.9      (663.4)    332.5 
Written in the period                            2,273.7    (1,541.4)    732.3 
Earned in the period                           (2,194.0)      1,487.3  (706.7) 
Unearned premium provision at end of period      1,075.6      (717.5)    358.1 
---------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  ------- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December 2018 
                                                 Gross    Reinsurance    Net 
                                                  GBPm        GBPm       GBPm 
                                                          -----------  ------- 
Unearned premium provision at start of period      910.7      (608.8)    301.9 
Written in the period                            2,166.7    (1,464.3)    702.4 
Earned in the period                           (2,081.5)      1,409.7  (671.8) 
Unearned premium provision at end of period        995.9      (663.4)    332.5 
---------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  ------- 
 
 
   6. Investment Income and costs 
 
   6a. Accounting policies 
 
   i) Financial assets 
 
   Classification and measurement 
 
   The classification and subsequent measurement of the financial asset 
under IFRS 9 depends on: 
 
 
   1. the Group's business model for managing the financial assets and 
 
   2. the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. 
 
 
   Based on these factors, the financial asset is classified into one of 
the following categories: 
 
   --Amortised cost -- assets which are held in order to collect 
contractual cash flows, and the contractual terms of the financial asset 
give rise to cash flows which are solely payments of principal and 
interest on the principal amount outstanding (SPPI), where the asset is 
not designated as FVTPL. 
 
   For the Group, these include deposits with credit institutions, cash and 
cash equivalents, insurance receivables, trade and other receivables and 
loans and advances to customers. 
 
   The interest income generated from these assets is included in 
'Investment return' with the exception of Loans and advances to customer, 
where the interest receivable is recognised in 'Interest income'. 
 
   Impairment is recognised on these assets using the expected credit loss 
model. 
 
   --Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) -- assets which 
are held both to collect contractual cash flows and to sell the asset, 
where the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash 
flows which are solely payments of principal and interest on the 
principal amount outstanding (SPPI), where the asset is not designated 
as FVTPL. 
 
   For the Group, these assets include government gilts and debt 
securities. 
 
   In addition, IFRS 9 allows an irrevocable election at initial 
recognition to designate equity investments at FVOCI that otherwise 
would be held at FVTPL, provided these are not held for trading. The 
Group has made this election for certain equity investments. 
 
   Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, with the 
exception of recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue 
and foreign exchange gains or losses which are recognised in profit or 
loss. 
 
   --Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) -- assets which do not meet 
the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI, or which are designated as 
FVTPL. 
 
   For the Group these assets include investment liquidity funds investing 
in short duration assets and derivative financial instruments. 
 
   A gain or loss on a debt instrument measured at FVTPL which is not part 
of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss and presented 
within 'Investment return' in the period in which it arises. 
 
   Impairment 
 
   The expected credit loss model is used to calculate any impairment to be 
recognised for all assets measured at amortised cost, as well as 
financial investments measured at FVOCI. The general approach, which 
utilises the three-stage model, is used for Loans and advances to 
customers (see note 7) whilst impairment for the remaining assets is 
measured using the simplified approach. 
 
   Derecognition 
 
   A financial asset is derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows 
from that asset have expired, or when the Group transfers the asset and 
all the attached substantial risks and rewards relating to the asset to 
a third party. 
 
   ii) Financial Liabilities 
 
   Classification and subsequent measurement 
 
   Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities is at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method. Movements in the amortised cost are 
recognised through the income statement. 
 
   Derecognition 
 
   A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under that 
liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. 
 
   iii) Investment return and finance costs 
 
   Investment return from financial assets comprises distributions as well 
as net realised and unrealised gains on financial assets classified as 
FVTPL, interest income and net realised gains, net of impairment losses, 
from financial assets classified as FVOCI, and interest income on 
holdings in deposits with credit institutions (held at amortised cost). 
 
   Finance costs from financial liabilities comprise interest expense on 
subordinated notes, loan backed securities, credit facilities and lease 
liabilities, calculated using the effective interest rate method. The 
effective interest rate method calculates the amortised cost of a 
financial asset or liability (or group of financial assets or financial 
liabilities) and allocates the interest income or expense over the 
expected life of the asset or liability. 
 
   6b. Investment return 
 
 
 
 
                                                       31 December  31 December 
                                                           2019         2018 
                                                           GBPm         GBPm 
Investment return 
On assets classified as FVTPL                                 11.4          6.3 
On assets classified as FVOCI(*1*3)                           34.5         27.9 
On assets classified as amortised costs(*1)                    1.6          3.0 
 
Net unrealised losses 
Unrealised losses on forward contracts                       (0.1)        (2.3) 
Notional accrual for reinsurers' share of investment 
 return                                                     (12.9)           -- 
 
Interest receivable on cash and cash equivalents(*1)           0.8          1.1 
Total investment and interest income (*2)                     35.3         36.0 
 
   *1 Interest received during the year was GBP11.6 million (2018: GBP8.0 
million) 
 
   *2 Total investment return excludes GBP2.8 million of intra-group 
interest (2018: GBP0.7 million) 
 
   *3 Realised gains/losses on sales of debt securities classified as FVOCI 
are immaterial 
 
   6c. Finance costs 
 
 
 
 
                                                  31 December  31 December 
                                                      2019         2018 
                                                      GBPm         GBPm 
Interest payable on subordinated loan notes(*1)          11.4         11.3 
Interest payable on lease liabilities                     3.2           -- 
Interest recoverable from co and re-insurers            (2.0)           -- 
Total finance costs                                      12.6         11.3 
 
 
   *1 Interest paid during the year was GBP14.0 million (2018: GBP11.0 
million) 
 
   Finance costs represent interest payable on the GBP200.0 million (2018: 
GBP200.0 million) subordinated notes and other financial liabilities. 
 
   Interest payable on lease liabilities represents the unwinding of the 
discount on lease liabilities under IFRS 16 and does not result in a 
cash payment. Further detail on the transition to IFRS 16 is included in 
note 2. 
 
   6d. Financial assets and liabilities 
 
   The Group's financial assets and liabilities can be analysed as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                                    31 December  31 December 
                                                        2019         2018 
                                                        GBPm         GBPm 
Financial investments measured at FVTPL 
Money market and other similar funds                    1,160.2      1,301.1 
 
Financial investments classified as FVOCI 
Debt securities                                         1,776.3      1,389.9 
Government gilts                                          174.0        170.9 
                                                        1,950.3      1,560.8 
Equity investments (designated FVOCI)                       7.5          7.8 
                                                        1,957.8      1,568.6 
Financial assets measured at amortised cost 
Deposits with credit institutions                         116.5        100.0 
 
Total financial investments                             3,234.5      2,969.7 
 
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost 
Insurance receivables                                     948.9        842.3 
Trade and other receivables                               278.8        239.7 
Insurance and other receivables                         1,227.7      1,082.0 
 
Loans and advances to customers (note 7)                  455.1        300.2 
 
Cash and cash equivalents                                 281.7        376.8 
 
Total financial assets                                  5,199.0      4,728.7 
 
  Financial liabilities 
Subordinated notes                                        204.2        204.1 
Loan backed securities                                    304.5        168.3 
Other borrowings                                           20.0         71.5 
Derivative financial instruments                            1.4          0.3 
Subordinated and other financial liabilities              530.1        444.2 
Trade and other payables(*1)                            1,975.9      1,801.5 
Lease liabilities(*2)                                     137.1           -- 
Total financial liabilities                             2,643.1      2,245.7 
 
   *1  Trade and other payables total balance of GBP1,975.9m (2018: 
GBP1,801.5m) above includes GBP1,472.1m (2018: GBP1,349.6m) in relation 
to tax and social security, deferred income and reinsurer balances that 
are outside the scope of IFRS 9. 
 
   *2  Lease liabilities of GBP149.2m were recognised on transition on 1 
January 2019. The movement to the balance presented of GBP137.1m 
reflects cash payments in the period offset by the lease interest 
expense recognised in the income statement. 
 
   The maturity profile of financial assets and liabilities under the scope 
of IFRS 4 & 9 at 31 December 2019 is as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                         On demand  < 1 year  Between 1 and 2 years  > 2 years 
                            GBPm      GBPm             GBPm             GBPm 
Financial investments 
Money market funds and 
 derivative financial 
 instruments                    --   1,145.1                    1.0       14.0 
Deposits with credit 
 institutions                   --      96.5                   20.0         -- 
Debt securities                 --     462.6                  196.6    1,117.1 
Government gilts                --        --                     --      174.0 
Total financial 
 investments                    --   1,704.2                  217.6    1,305.1 
Trade and other 
receivables                     --     278.8                     --         -- 
Loans and advances to 
 customers                      --     128.6                  134.2      192.3 
Cash and cash 
equivalents                  281.7        --                     --         -- 
Total financial assets       281.7   2,111.6                  351.8    1,497.4 
 
Financial liabilities 
Subordinated notes              --      11.0                   11.0      233.0 
Loan backed securities          --     102.3                   90.9      125.7 
Other borrowings                --      20.3                     --         -- 
Trade and other 
payables(*1)                    --   1,725.1                     --         -- 
Total financial 
 liabilities                    --   1,858.7                  101.9      358.7 
-----------------------  ---------  --------  ---------------------  --------- 
 
 
   *1  Of the GBP1,725.1m held within trade and other payables, GBP1,442.1m 
do not meet the definition of a financial liability but fall within the 
scope of IFRS 4 hence are included in the above maturity profile. 
 
   The maturity profile of financial assets and liabilities under the scope 
of IFRS 9 at 31 December 2018 was as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                         On demand  < 1 year  Between 1 and 2 years  > 2 years 
                            GBPm      GBPm             GBPm             GBPm 
Financial investments 
Money market funds and 
 derivative financial 
 instruments                    --   1,296.9                    2.1        2.1 
Deposits with credit 
 institutions                   --      60.0                   40.0         -- 
Debt securities                 --     295.3                  210.7      883.9 
Government gilts                --        --                     --      170.9 
Total financial 
 investments                    --    1652.2                  252.8    1,056.9 
Trade and other 
receivables                     --     239.7                     --         -- 
Loans and advances to 
 customers                      --     102.1                   91.2      106.9 
Cash and cash 
equivalents                  376.8        --                     --         -- 
Total financial assets       376.8   1,994.0                  344.0    1,163.8 
 
Financial liabilities 
Subordinated notes              --       4.9                     --      199.2 
Loan backed securities          --      60.2                   53.0       55.1 
Other borrowings                --      71.8                     --         -- 
Trade and other 
payables                        --   1,801.5                     --         -- 
Total financial 
 liabilities                    --   1,938.4                   53.0      254.3 
 
 
   *1  Of the GBP1,801.5m held within trade and other payables, GBP1,275.9m 
do not meet the definition of a financial liability but fall within the 
scope of IFRS 4 hence are included in the above maturity profile. 
 
   6e.  Financial Investments 
 
 
 
 
                               FVTPL    FVOCI   Amortised Cost   Total 
                                GBPm     GBPm        GBPm         GBPm 
 
AAA- AA                         414.5    861.0            68.7  1,344.2 
A                               441.2    733.6           308.5  1,483.3 
BBB                              28.5    304.3            20.2    353.0 
Sub BBB                          13.3       --             0.1     13.4 
Not rated(*1)                   262.7     58.9             0.7    322.3 
Total financial investments   1,160.2  1,957.8           398.2  3,516.2 
 
 
   *1  The majority (GBP234.4m) of the unrated exposure stems from money 
market funds, which are rated AAA, but the underlying securities are 
not. These specific exposures are re-purchase agreements. The remaining 
unrated exposure is a mixture of private debt (GBP77.2m) and other 
holdings (GBP10.7m). 
 
   Classification and Measurement 
 
   At initial recognition, the Group measures financial investments at fair 
value plus or minus, in the case of financial instruments not measured 
at fair value through profit and loss, directly attributable transaction 
costs. Transaction costs of financial instruments measured at fair value 
through profit and loss are expensed to the profit and loss when 
incurred. 
 
   Money market funds and derivative financial instruments are measured at 
FVTPL. The regulatory capital within the Group is used to invest in 
these instruments in addition to any surplus funds which may be held. 
Buying and selling activity occurs depending on timing of different 
cashflows. 
 
   Debt securities are measured at FVOCI and as such fall under the scope 
of the ECL model. These assets are held to match policyholder 
liabilities or interest on debt liabilities. If sold before maturity, 
gains or losses on these assets impact the P&L. 
 
   Private Equity investments have been designated as being reported 
through FVOCI due to these being long term, strategic investments. 
Dividends are recognised in the Income Statement whilst a change in fair 
values will be reflected in OCI. Given the immaterial amount (GBP7.5 
million) of these investments, detailed levelling disclosures have not 
been provided. 
 
   Impairment 
 
   All financial investments held at FVOCI and at amortised cost have been 
assessed for impairment using the expected credit loss model under IFRS 
9.  The assessment has been made based on the credit ratings of the 
entities and externally available credit loss ratios. 
 
   The fair value of debt securities is calculated with reference to quoted 
market valuations and as such take into account future expected credit 
losses. As a result, no impairment provision is required against the 
book value.  The calculated impairment loss within the fair value is 
recognised through the Income Statement whilst fair value movements are 
recognised in other comprehensive income. Deposits are held with well 
rated institutions and are held at book value, with impairment 
calculated in a similar manner to debt securities. 
 
   All assets that are purchased, which require a calculation of impairment, 
are considered of investment grade or above (i.e. BBB rated or higher), 
as defined by an external credit rating agency or an assessment from 
Admiral's external asset managers. The credit rating of all assets is 
regularly monitored. As at the year-end reporting date, the vast 
majority of financial assets are of investment grade and considered low 
risk under IFRS 9. These therefore remain within stage 1 and a 12 month 
expected loss is used to calculate the impairment provision required. 
 
   Any assets downgraded below BBB are considered by the Group to have 
significantly increased in credit risk since inception, and therefore 
enter stage 2 under IFRS9. 
 
   The impairment provision at 31 December 2019 is GBP0.9 million (GBP0.5 
million at 31 December 2018). Given there is no material change in the 
credit quality or type of financial assets in the year and the movement 
in provision is immaterial, no further disclosure has been made. 
 
   Fair value measurement 
 
   IFRS 13 requires assets and liabilities that are held at fair value to 
be classified according to a hierarchy which reflects the observability 
of significant market inputs, based on three levels. 
 
   The table below shows how the financial assets held at fair value have 
been measured using the fair value hierarchy: 
 
 
 
 
                                         31 December 2019     31 December 2018 
                                         FVTPL     FVOCI     FVTPL     FVOCI 
                                          GBPm      GBPm      GBPm      GBPm 
Level One (quoted prices in active 
 markets)                                1,160.2   1,950.3   1,301.1   1,560.8 
Level Two (use of observable inputs)          --        --        --        -- 
Level Three (use of significant 
 unobservable inputs)(*1)                     --       7.5        --       7.8 
Total                                    1,160.2   1,957.8   1,301.1   1,568.6 
--------------------------------------  --------  --------  --------  -------- 
 
 
   *1 No further information is provided due to the immateriality of the 
balance. 
 
   Deposits are held with well rated institutions; as such the approximate 
fair value is the book value of the investments as impairment of the 
capital is not expected. 
 
   6f. Cash and cash equivalents 
 
 
 
 
                                  31 December  31 December 
                                      2019         2018 
                                      GBPm         GBPm 
Cash at bank and in hand(*1)            281.7        376.0 
Short-term deposits                        --          0.8 
Total cash and cash equivalents         281.7        376.8 
 
 
   *1 GBP4.4m of cash is ring-fenced via a bank guarantee. See note 11f for 
further details. 
 
   Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call 
with banks and other short-term deposits with original maturities of 
three months or less. All cash and cash equivalents are measured at 
amortised cost. 
 
   An assessment has been completed for impairment purposes. The credit 
rating of all assets is regularly monitored. As at the year end 
reporting date all financial assets are of investment grade or above 
(i.e. BBB rated or higher) and considered low risk under IFRS 9. These 
therefore remain within stage 1 and a 12 month expected loss is used to 
calculate the impairment provision required.  Given the short-term 
duration of these assets and low risk of these assets, no impairment 
provision has been recognised. 
 
   For cash at bank and cash deposits and other receivables, the fair value 
approximates to the book value due to their short maturity. 
 
   6g.  Other Assets 
 
   Insurance and other receivables 
 
 
 
 
                                        31 December  31 December 
                                            2019         2018 
                                            GBPm         GBPm 
Insurance receivables(*1)                     948.9        842.3 
Trade and other receivables                   262.8        227.0 
Prepayments and accrued income                 16.0         12.7 
Total insurance and other receivables       1,227.7      1,082.0 
 
 
   *1  Insurance receivables at 31 December 2019 include GBP71.7 million in 
respect of salvage and subrogation recoveries (2018: GBP59.3 million). 
 
   Insurance receivables 
 
   Insurance receivables are measured at amortised cost. Given the 
short-term duration of these assets no impairment provision has been 
recognised. 
 
   Trade and other receivables 
 
   Classification. Trade and other receivables are measured at amortised 
cost, being made up of multiple types of receivable balances. 
 
   Impairment. Where a provision is required for these receivables, it is 
calculated in line with the simplified method for trade receivables per 
IFRS 9, whereby lifetime expected credit losses are recognised 
irrelevant of the credit risk. In this case, the provision is based on a 
combination of 
 
 
   1. aged debtor analysis, 
 
   2. historic experience of write-offs for each receivable, 
 
   3. any specific indicators of credit deterioration observed, and 
 
   4. management judgement. 
 
 
   The level of provision is immaterial. 
 
   The amortised cost carrying amount of receivables is a reasonable 
approximation of fair value. 
 
   Contract balances 
 
   The following table provides information about receivables and contract 
assets from contracts with customers. Both balances are included in 
Trade and other receivables. 
 
 
 
 
                  31 December  31 December 
                      2019         2018 
                      GBPm         GBPm 
Receivables              40.3         32.5 
Contract assets          24.8         23.4 
 
 
   The contract asset relates to the Group's right to consideration for 
work undertaken in the law companies on behalf of clients which is 
ongoing or where the final fee has not yet been billed. The contract 
asset is transferred to trade receivables once the fee has been billed. 
 
   Significant changes in the contract asset balance during the period are 
as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                   31 December 
                                       2019 
   Contract asset balance              GBPm 
--------------------------------- 
At 1 January 2019                         23.4 
Revenue recognised                        34.8 
Transferred to trade receivables        (31.8) 
Write-offs                               (1.6) 
At 31 December 2019                       24.8 
---------------------------------  ----------- 
 
 
   The amount of revenue recognised in 2019 from performance obligations 
satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous periods is GBPnil (2018: 
GBPnil). 
 
   6h.          Financial liabilities 
 
   Subordinated notes 
 
   Financial liabilities are inclusive of GBP200.0 million subordinated 
notes issued on 25 July 2014 at a fixed rate of 5.5% with a redemption 
date of 25 July 2024. 
 
   The notes are unsecured subordinated obligations of the Group and rank 
pari passu without any preference among themselves. In the event of a 
winding-up or bankruptcy, they are to be repaid only after the claims of 
all other creditors have been met. 
 
   There have been no defaults on any of the notes during the year. The 
Group has the option to defer interest payments on the notes but to date 
has not exercised this right. 
 
   The fair value of subordinated notes (level one valuation) at 31 
December 2019 is GBP225.1 million (2018: GBP211.3 million). 
 
   Other borrowings 
 
   The Group holds a credit facility of GBP20.0 million which expires in 
September 2020. GBP20.0 million was drawn under this agreement as at 31 
December 2019. The group also hold a revolving credit facility of 
GBP200.0 million which expires in December 2020.  As at 31 December 
2019, GBPnil was drawn down on this facility (2018: GBP71.5 million). 
Amounts drawn under their respective agreements are shown within other 
borrowings in the table above. 
 
   Loan backed securities 
 
   During 2018 an asset backed senior loan note facility of GBP300.0 
million was established in relation to the Admiral Loans business, which 
increased to GBP400.0 million during 2019 (see note 3 for details of the 
accounting treatment of this SPE).  As at the year end, GBP304.5 million 
(2018: GBP168.3 million) of this facility had been utilised. 
 
   Lease liabilities 
 
   The Group leases various properties, with rental contracts typically for 
fixed periods of 5 to 25 years although these may have extension 
options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a 
wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do 
not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security 
for borrowing purposes. 
 
   Under IAS 17, all Group leases were classified as operating leases. 
Operating lease payments, including the effects of any lease incentives, 
were recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term. 
 
   Under IFRS 16, from 1 January 2019, for each lease a right-of-use asset 
and corresponding lease liability are recognised at the date at which 
the leased asset becomes available for use by the Group. 
 
   The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of 
remaining lease payments, which include the following: 
 
 
   -- fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease 
      incentives receivable; 
 
   -- variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate; 
 
   -- payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term 
      reflects the lessee exercising that option. 
 
 
   The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in 
the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the Group's incremental 
borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the Group would have to pay 
to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value in a 
similar economic environment, with similar terms and conditions. 
Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount 
rate. 
 
   Subsequently, lease payments are allocated to the lease liability, split 
between repayments of principal and interest. A finance cost is charged 
to the profit and loss so as to produce a constant period rate of 
interest on the remaining balance of the lease liability 
 
   6i. Objectives, policies and procedures for managing financial assets 
and liabilities 
 
   The Group's activities expose it primarily to financial risks of credit 
risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk and foreign exchange risk. The 
Board of Directors has delegated the task of supervising risk management 
and internal control to the Group Risk Committee. There is also an 
Investment Committee that makes recommendations to the Group and 
subsidiary Boards on investment strategy. 
 
   There are several key elements to the risk management environment 
throughout the Group. These are detailed in full in the Corporate 
Governance Statement. Specific considerations for the risks arising from 
financial assets and liabilities are detailed below. 
 
   Credit risk 
 
   The Group defines credit risk as the risk of loss if another party fails 
to perform its obligations. The key areas of exposure to credit risk for 
the Group result through its reinsurance programme, investments, bank 
deposits, loans and advances to customers and policyholder receivables. 
 
   The Directors consider credit quality and counterparty exposure 
frequently and in significant detail. The Directors consider that the 
policies and procedures in place to manage credit exposure continue to 
be appropriate for the Group's risk appetite and, during 2019 and 
historically, no material credit losses have been experienced by the 
Group. 
 
   The impact on equity of a 100 basis point increase in credit spreads at 
the relevant valuation date, is as follows: 
 
 
 
 
          31 December  31 December 
              2019         2018 
              GBPm         GBPm 
Equity           54.8         42.3 
 
 
   Financial Investments and cash 
 
   Credit and counterparty risk is managed by the Group by investing in 
high quality money market funds, and setting suitable parameters for 
asset managers to adhere to when purchasing debt securities. Cash 
balances and deposits are placed only with highly rated credit 
institutions. The detailed holdings are reviewed regularly by the 
Investment Committee. 
 
   Invested Assets 
 
   As noted above, the Group primarily invests the following asset types: 
 
 
   -- Investment funds and cash plus liquidity funds, which in turn invest in a 
      mixture of short-dated fixed and variable rate securities, such as cash 
      deposits, certificates of deposits, floating rate notes and other 
      commercial paper. 
 
   -- Deposits with well rated institutions are short in duration (one to five 
      years). These are classified as held at amortised cost. Therefore neither 
      the carrying value of the asset, nor the interest return will be impacted 
      by fluctuations in interest rates. 
 
   -- Debt securities are held within two segregated mandates. The guidelines 
      of the investments retain a similar credit quality of the investment 
      funds (all holdings are investment grade). The duration of the securities 
      is relatively short (c. three years) and similar to the duration of the 
      on book claims liabilities (the average duration is three years). 
 
   -- UK Government bonds which are classified as FVOCI. 
 
 
   Reinsurance assets 
 
   To mitigate the risk arising from exposure to reinsurers (in the form of 
reinsurance recoveries and profit commissions), the Group only conducts 
business with companies of appropriate financial strength ratings. In 
addition, many reinsurance contracts are operated on a funds withheld 
basis, which substantially reduces credit risk, as the Group withholds 
the cash received from policyholders as collateral. 
 
   Loans and Advances to Customers 
 
   The risk appetite for the lending business is set with respect to 
anticipated loan losses over a 12-month period. Management has defined 
an amber and a red loan loss limit, representing points at which action 
is required. These limits have been defined by management to reflect the 
business maturity, the business ambitions and the economic climate. Risk 
appetite is assessed at least annually, while the limits are 
continuously monitored. 
 
   Insurance assets 
 
   A further principal form of credit risk is in respect of amounts due 
from policyholders, largely due to the potential for default by 
instalment payers. The impact of this is mitigated by the large customer 
base and low average level of balance recoverable. There is also 
mitigation by the operation of numerous high- and low-level controls in 
this area, including payment on policy acceptance as opposed to 
inception and automated cancellation procedures for policies in default. 
 
   The amount of bad debt expense relating to policyholder debt charged to 
the income statement in 2019 and 2018 is insignificant. 
 
   Trade and other receivables 
 
   Trade receivables and other debtors are also subject to credit risk, 
although this is mitigated by a review of the credit worthiness of all 
counterparties prior to them being accepted. 
 
   Other Assets 
 
   All other assets are assessed as low credit risk under IFRS 9, with no 
significant amounts past due or impaired. 
 
   The Group's credit risk exposure to assets with external ratings is as 
follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December  31 December 
                                                          2019         2018 
                                              Rating      GBPm         GBPm 
Financial institutions -- Credit 
 institutions                         AAA                   245.1        164.3 
Financial institutions -- Credit 
 institutions                         AA                    925.2        942.1 
Financial institutions -- Credit 
 institutions                         A                   1,483.2      1,501.3 
Financial institutions -- Credit 
 institutions                         BBB and below         688.7        567.9 
UK Government gilts                   AA                    174.0        170.9 
Reinsurers                            AA                    688.9        458.5 
Reinsurers                            A                     160.6        303.6 
Reinsurers                                       BBB          1.7           -- 
 
 
   The Group's maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 December 2019 is 
GBP4,913.3 million (2018: GBP4,507.4 million), being the carrying value 
of financial investments and cash, the carrying value of loans and 
advances to customers, and the excess of reinsurance assets over amounts 
owed to reinsurers under funds withheld arrangements. The Group does not 
use credit derivatives or similar instruments to mitigate exposure. 
 
   GBP13.8 million (2018: GBP9.2 million) was charged to the income 
statement in respect of movement on the ECL of loans and advances to 
customers.  Further details are provided in note 7b. 
 
   There were no further significant financial assets that were past due at 
the close of either 2019 or 2018. 
 
   Interest rate risk 
 
   The Group considers interest rate risk to be the risk that unfavourable 
movements in interest rates could adversely impact on the capital values 
of financial assets and liabilities. 
 
   The impact on equity of a 50 basis point increase in interest rates at 
the relevant valuation date, is as follows: 
 
 
 
 
          31 December  31 December 
              2019         2018 
              GBPm         GBPm 
Equity           35.4         29.9 
 
 
   Loans and Advances to customers 
 
   The Group's Loan portfolio is made up of fixed rate on loans which are 
funded at a floating variable rate. The Group has an interest rate swap 
arrangement, the risk management objective of which is to eliminate the 
majority of the interest rate risk from the Loans portfolio.  This 
relates to the difference between fixed rate on loans written and 
floating variable rate on funding. 
 
   Hedge Accounting 
 
   Hedge accounting is applied when the criteria specified in IFRS 9 
(including amendments, as set out above) are met.  In line with IFRS9, 
the gain or loss on the hedged position as at the balance sheet date is 
recognised through Other Comprehensive Income. 
 
   This results in a hedging reserve at 31 December 2019 (and at 31 
December 2018) in relation to the interest rate swap. 
 
   The Group is exposed to GBP LIBOR within its hedge accounting 
relationships, with the hedged item including issued GBP LIBOR floating 
rate debt as disclosed in "Hedge accounting" below.  In addition, the 
Group has a number of financial assets and liabilities with interest 
rates linked to GBP LIBOR that are not included in hedge accounting 
relationships. Similarly, there are exposures to non GBP interest rates. 
 
   The Group is closely monitoring the market and the output from the 
various industry working groups managing the transition to new benchmark 
interest rates. 
 
   In response to the announcements, the Group has set up an IBOR 
transition project which includes input from a number of areas of the 
business including risk management, investments, legal, accounting and 
systems. The project is under the governance of the Investment Committee, 
and ultimately the Chief Financial Officer who is a member of the Board. 
The aim of the programme is to understand where IBOR exposures are 
within the business and prepare and deliver on an action plan to enable 
a smooth transition to alternative benchmark rates. The Group intends to 
have its transition and fall-back plans in place by the end of 2020. 
 
   For the Group's loan backed securities and related interest rate swaps 
(which are bilateral agreements) the Group has started discussions with 
respective counterparties to amend the reference benchmark interest rate 
which will change to SONIA. The Group aims to finalise this amendment in 
the second half of 2020. 
 
   For the Group's RCF and other debt linked to GBP LIBOR and reinsurance 
funds withheld balances, the Group will begin a dialogue in 2020 to 
propose amendments to the fall-back provisions to move from GBPLIBOR to 
SONIA. 
 
   Below are details of the hedging instruments and hedged items in scope 
of the IFRS 9 amendments due to benchmark interest rate reform, by hedge 
type. The terms of the hedged items listed match those of the 
corresponding hedging instruments. 
 
 
 
 
Hedge  Instrument type                                         Maturing  Nominal    Hedged item 
type                                                           in 
Cash   Pay sterling fixed, receive 1-month GBP LIBOR interest  2023      GBP146.3m  Portfolio cash flow hedges of interest rate risk on 
flow    rate swap                                                                    GBP LIBOR 
hedge 
Cash   Pay sterling fixed, receive 1-month GBP LIBOR interest  2024      GBP274.7m  Portfolio cash flow hedges of interest rate risk on 
flow    rate swap                                                                    GBP LIBOR 
hedge 
                                                                                    --------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
   The Group will continue to apply the amendments to IFRS 9 until the 
uncertainty arising from the interest rate benchmark reforms with 
respect to the timing and the amount of the underlying cash flows that 
the Group is exposed to ends. 
 
   Due to the immateriality of the transaction and balance, no further 
disclosure is made. 
 
   Financial Liabilities 
 
   The Group also holds a financial liability in the form of GBP200.0 
million of subordinated notes with a ten year maturity and fixed rate 
coupon of 5.5%. This liability is valued at amortised cost and therefore 
neither the carrying value of the deposits, nor the interest payable, 
will be impacted by fluctuations in interest rates. 
 
   Liquidity risk 
 
   Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Group does not have 
sufficient, available financial resources to enable it to meet its 
obligations as they fall due, or can only secure them at excessive cost. 
 
   The Group is strongly cash-generative due to the large proportion of 
revenue arising from non-underwriting activity. Further, as noted above, 
a significant portion of insurance funds are invested in investment 
funds with same day liquidity, meaning that a large proportion of the 
Group cash and investments is immediately available. 
 
   A breakdown of the Group's other borrowings, trade payables and other 
payables is shown in note 11. 
 
   The subordinated notes have a maturity date of July 2024, whereas all 
trade and other payables will mature within three to six months of the 
balance sheet date. (Refer to the maturity profile at the start of this 
note for further detail.) 
 
   In practice, the Group's Directors expect actual cash flows to be 
consistent with this maturity profile except for amounts owed to 
co-insurers and reinsurers. Of the total amounts owed to co-insurers and 
reinsurers of GBP1,442.1 million (2018: GBP1,275.9 million), GBP1,129.6 
million (2018: GBP1,022.7 million) is held under funds withheld 
arrangements and therefore not expected to be settled within 12 months. 
 
   A maturity analysis for insurance contract liabilities is included in 
note 5. The maturity profile for financial assets is included at the 
start of this note. 
 
   The Group's Directors believe that the cash flows arising from these 
assets will be consistent with this profile. Liquidity risk is not, 
therefore, considered to be significant. 
 
   Foreign exchange risk 
 
   Foreign exchange risk arises from unfavourable movements in foreign 
exchange rates that could adversely impact the valuation of overseas 
assets and liabilities. 
 
   The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk through its operations 
overseas. Although the relative size of the international operations 
means that the risks are relatively small, increasingly volatile foreign 
exchange rates could result in larger potential gains or losses. Assets 
held to fund insurance liabilities are held in the currency of the 
liabilities; however, surplus assets held as regulatory capital in 
foreign currencies remain exposed. 
 
   The Group's exposure to net assets and profits in currencies other than 
the reporting currency is immaterial other than for US dollars and 
Euros. The Group's exposure to net assets held in dollars at the balance 
sheet date was GBP40.9 million (2018: GBP60.7 million); the exposure to 
net assets held in Euros was GBP111.8 million (2018: GBP69.3 million). 
 
   The loss before tax derived from business carried out in the US was 
GBP18.5 million (2018: GBP19.2 million). If the Sterling rates with US 
dollars had strengthened/weakened by 10%, the Group's profit before tax 
for the year would increase/decrease by GBP1.8 million (2018: GBP1.8 
million). 
 
   The profit before tax derived from business carried out in Euros was 
EUR11.9 million (2018: profit before tax of EUR5.4 million).  If the 
Sterling rates with euros had strengthened/weakened by 10%, the Group's 
profit before tax for the year would increase/decrease by GBP1.0 million 
(2018: GBP0.4 million). 
 
   7. Loans and Advances to Customers 
 
   7a. Accounting policies 
 
   Loans and advances to customers relate to the Admiral Loans business, 
consisting of unsecured personal loans and car finance products. 
 
   Classification 
 
   Loans and advances to customers are measured at amortised cost.  This is 
because assets are held in order to collect contractual cash flows and 
the contractual terms of the financial asset demand cash inflows which 
are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount 
outstanding. 
 
   Interest income and expense 
 
   Interest income received in relation to loans and advances to customers 
is calculated using the effective interest method which allocates 
interest, and direct and incremental fees and costs over the expected 
lives of the assets and liabilities. There has been no change in 
recognition of interest income from the comparative period. 
 
   Interest expense is calculated following the specific process relating 
to each source of funding, which is not linked to individual accounts. 
 
   Finance leases 
 
   Included within Loans and advances to customers are personal contract 
purchase (PCP) and hire purchase (HP) arrangements which are classified 
as finance leases under IFRS 16. A receivable equal to the net 
investment in the lease has been recognised. The net investment is equal 
to the gross investment in the lease discounted at the rate implicit in 
the lease. The impairment requirements of IAS 36 have been applied to 
the finance leases held. 
 
   Lease interest income is recognised within interest income in the income 
statement over the term of the lease using the effective interest 
method. 
 
   7b. Loans and advances to customers 
 
 
 
 
                                                    31 December  31 December 
                                                        2019         2018 
                                                        GBPm         GBPm 
Loans and advances to customers -- gross carrying 
 amount                                                   479.1        310.4 
Loans and advances to customers -- provision             (24.0)       (10.2) 
Total loans and advances to customers                     455.1        300.2 
--------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
   Loans and advances to customers are comprised of the following: 
 
 
 
 
                                               31 December  31 December 
                                                   2019         2018 
                                                   GBPm         GBPm 
Unsecured personal loans                             445.8        294.2 
Finance leases                                        33.3         16.2 
Total loans and advances to customers, gross         479.1        310.4 
---------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
   Fair value measurement 
 
   The amortised cost of loans and advances to customers on a portfolio 
basis is considered a reasonable approximation of fair value. 
 
   Expected credit losses 
 
   The expected credit loss model is a three-stage model based on forward 
looking information regarding changes in the credit quality since 
origination. Credit risk is measured using a probability of default (PD), 
exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) defined as 
follows: 
 
 
   -- Probability of Default (PD): The likelihood of an account defaulting; 
      calibrated through analysis of historic customer behaviour. Where 
      customers have already met the definition of default this is 100%. For 
      customers that are not in default the PD is determined through analysis 
      of historic data at a credit grade level. 
 
   -- Exposure at Default (EAD): The amount of balance at the time of default. 
      For loans that are in arrears the EAD is taken as the current balance, 
      for up to date loans the contractual outstanding balance in each future 
      month is used. 
 
   -- Loss Given Default (LGD): The amount of the asset not recovered following 
      a borrower's default, determined through analysis of historic recovery 
      performance. 
 
 
   The PD is applied to the EAD to calculate the expected loss. Where 
customers are up-to-date the EAD is effectively the sum of the future 
month-end balances, as such the PD is converted from an annual rate to a 
monthly rate before applying it to the EAD. The LGD is then applied to 
this loss to calculate the total expected loss including recoveries.  A 
forward-looking provision is also calculated, as set out later in this 
note. 
 
   Loan assets are segmented into three stages of credit impairment: 
 
 
   -- Stage 1 -- no significant increase in credit risk of the financial asset 
      since inception; 
 
   -- Stage 2 -- significant increase in credit risk of the financial asset 
      since inception; 
 
   -- Stage 3 -- financial asset is credit impaired. 
 
 
   For assets in stage 1, the allowance is calculated as the expected 
credit losses from events within 12 months after the reporting date. For 
assets in stages 2 and 3 the allowance is calculated as the expected 
credit loss from events in the remaining lifetime of each asset. 
 
   Significant increase in credit risk (SICR) (Stage 2) 
 
   As explained above, stage 1 assets have an ECL allowing for losses in 
the next twelve months, stage 2 or 3 assets have an ECL allowing for 
losses over the remaining lifetime of the contract. An asset moves to 
stage 2 when its credit risk has increased significantly since initial 
recognition. IFRS9 does not prescribe a definition of significant 
increase in credit risk (SICR) but does include a rebuttable presumption 
that this does occur for loan assets which are 30 days past due (which 
the Group does not rebut). 
 
   The Group has deemed a SICR to have occurred where: 
 
 
   -- the loan is 1 to 3 loan payments in arrears, or 
 
   -- the loan has been in arrears with AFSL in the last six months, or 
 
   -- the customer has a significant level of unsecured debt relative to the 
      point of inception. 
 
 
   Credit Impaired (Stage 3) 
 
   The Group does not rebut the presumption within IFRS9 that default has 
occurred when an exposure is greater than 90 days past due, which is 
consistent with a customer being 4 or more payments in arrears. In 
addition, a loan is deemed to be credit impaired where 
 
 
   1. there is an Individual Voluntary Arrangement ('IVA') agreement confirmed 
      or proposed, or 
 
   2. customer has started or progressed bankruptcy action, or 
 
   3. a repayment plan is in place, or 
 
   4. customer is deceased. 
 
 
   Write off policy 
 
   Loans are written off where there is no reasonable expectation of 
recovery. The Group's policy is to write off balances to their estimated 
net realisable value. Write offs are actioned on a case by case basis 
taking into account the operational position and the collections 
strategy. Given the immaturity of the loans business, and considerations 
surrounding potential debt sales in the future, the Group has to-date 
operationally written off only a small proportion of the book. 
 
   Forward-looking information 
 
   Under IFRS9 the provision must reflect an unbiased and 
probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of 
possible outcomes. The means by which the Group has determined this is 
to run scenario analyses. 
 
   Economic scenarios are considered, including an upturn, a downturn and a 
severe downturn. A 50% weighting is applied to the base scenario and the 
remaining 50% distributed across the scenarios as shown below: 
 
 
   -- 25% Upturn 
 
   -- 20% Downturn 
 
   -- 5% Severe Downturn 
 
 
   The key economic driver of the losses from the scenarios is the 
likelihood of a customer entering hardship through unemployment. Several 
customer demographics including age, income and debt levels are 
considered with a sensitivity to the specific scenarios considered. For 
each individual customer, the sensitivities from each demographic are 
combined to determine an overall sensitivity. 
 
   Management judgement has been used to define the weighting and severity 
of the different scenarios based on available data without undue cost or 
effort. The outcome from the scenarios have been contrasted to loss 
rates stemming from loans written over the last decade, including those 
from the most recent economic downturn (2007-2009). 
 
   Sensitivities to key areas of estimation uncertainty 
 
   The key areas of estimation uncertainty identified, as per note 3 to the 
financial statements, are in the PD and the forward looking scenarios. 
 
   Stage 1 assets represent 95% of the total loan assets; a 0.1% increase 
in the stage 1 PD, i.e. from 1.8% to 1.9%, would result in a GBP0.5m 
(2%) increase in ECL. 
 
   The upturn scenario would reduce the ECL allowance by GBP1.2 million 
(-5.4%), the downturn would create an increase of GBP2.5 million (11.7%) 
and severe downturn by GBP30.0 million (138.0%). 
 
   Amounts arising from ECL: loans and advances to customers 
 
   The Group is exposed to credit risk from the Admiral Loans business 
which has expanded during 2019. 
 
   The following table sets out information about the credit quality of the 
loans and advances to customers measured at amortised cost.  Credit 
grades are used to segment customers by apparent credit risk at the time 
of acquisition. Higher grades are the lowest credit risk with each 
subsequent grade increasing in expected credit risk. The Group does not 
have any purchased or originated credit-impaired (POCI) assets. These 
tables are inclusive of the finance lease assets which are held by the 
Group, further analysis of these balances can be found in note 7c. 
 
   All probability of defaults figures included in this paragraph allow for 
forward-looking information, i.e. the PDs are a weighted average from 
the economic scenarios considered. The average probability of default 
(PD) in for stage 1 assets is 1.8% (2018: 1.8%) reflecting the 
expectation of defaults within 12 months of the reporting date. The 
average PD for assets in stage 2 is 58.7% (2018: 5.2%) reflecting 
expected losses over the remaining life of the assets. The PD for assets 
in stage 3 is 100.0% (2018: 100.0%) as these assets are deemed to have 
defaulted. 
 
 
 
 
                                                               31 December  31 December 
                                                                   2019         2018 
                    Stage 1         Stage 2        Stage 3 
                  12- month ECL   Lifetime ECL   Lifetime ECL     Total        Total 
                      GBPm            GBPm           GBPm          GBPm         GBPm 
Credit 
Grade(*2) 
 Higher                   333.5            3.6             --        337.1        139.5 
 Medium                   112.1            2.6             --        114.7        117.7 
 Lower                     10.6            0.3             --         10.9         48.6 
 Credit 
  Impaired                   --             --           16.4         16.4          4.6 
 Gross carrying 
  amount                  456.2            6.5           16.4        479.1        310.4 
 Expected 
  credit loss 
  allowance               (5.6)          (3.4)         (14.4)       (23.4)        (9.9) 
 Other loss 
  allowance(*1)           (0.6)             --             --        (0.6)        (0.3) 
Carrying amount           450.0            3.1            2.0        455.1        300.2 
---------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
   *1  Other loss allowance covers losses due to a reduction in current or 
future vehicle value or costs associated with recovery and sale of 
vehicles. 
 
 
   --   Credit grade is the internal credit banding given to a customer at 
      origination. This is based on external credit rating information. 
 
 
   The following tables reconcile the opening and closing gross carrying 
amount and expected credit loss allowance. 
 
 
 
 
                            Stage 1         Stage 2        Stage 3 
                          12- month ECL   Lifetime ECL   Lifetime ECL   Total 
                              GBPm            GBPm           GBPm        GBPm 
Gross carrying amount 
 as at 1 January 2019             296.9            8.9            4.6    310.4 
Transfers 
 Transfers from Stage 1 
  to Stage 2                      (4.5)            4.5             --       -- 
 Transfers from Stage 1 
  to Stage 3                      (8.2)             --            8.2       -- 
 Transfers from Stage 2 
  to Stage 1                        2.4          (2.4)              -       -- 
 Transfers from Stage 2 
  to Stage 3                         --          (2.7)            2.7       -- 
 Transfers from Stage 3 
 to Stage 1                          --             --             --       -- 
 Transfers from Stage 3 
 to Stage 2                          --             --             --       -- 
Principal redemption 
 payments                       (124.9)          (4.5)          (1.3)  (130.7) 
New financial assets 
 originated or 
 purchased                        294.5            2.7            2.2    299.4 
Gross carrying amount 
 as at 31 December 
 2019                             456.2            6.5           16.4    479.1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                              Stage 1         Stage 2        Stage 3 
                            12- month ECL   Lifetime ECL   Lifetime ECL 
                                GBPm            GBPm           GBPm      Total 
Expected credit loss 
 allowance as at 1 
 January 2018                         4.4            1.4            4.1    9.9 
Movements with a profit 
and loss impact 
Transfers 
 Transfers from Stage 1 
  to Stage 2                        (0.1)            0.2             --    0.1 
 Transfers from Stage 1 
  to Stage 3                        (0.3)             --            0.5    0.2 
 Transfers from Stage 2 
  to Stage 1                          0.1          (0.2)             --  (0.1) 
 Transfers from Stage 3 
 to Stage 1                            --             --             --     -- 
Changes in PDs/ LGDs/ 
 EADs                               (1.8)            0.8            7.9    6.9 
New financial assets 
 originated or purchased              3.3            1.2            1.9    6.4 
Total net profit and loss 
 charge in the period                 1.2            2.0           10.3   13.5 
-------------------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ----- 
Expected credit loss 
 allowance as at 31 
 December 2019                        5.6            3.4           14.4   23.4 
Other movements with no 
profit and loss impact 
Transfers 
 Transfers from Stage 2 
  to Stage 3                           --          (1.0)            1.0     -- 
 Transfers from Stage 3    --              --             --             -- 
  to Stage 2 
Write-offs                             --             --          (0.5)     -- 
 
 
   7c. Finance lease receivables 
 
   Loans and advances to customers include the following finance leases. 
The group is the lessor for leases of cars. 
 
 
 
 
                                                 31 December  31 December 
                                                     2019         2018 
                                                     GBPm         GBPm 
Gross investment in finance leases, receivable 
Less than 1 year                                         8.1          4.9 
Between 1 to 5 years                                    28.9         10.9 
More than 5 years                                         --           -- 
                                                        37.0         15.8 
Unearned finance income                                (4.2)        (1.9) 
Net investment in lease receivables                     32.8         13.9 
Less impairment allowance                              (0.4)        (0.2) 
                                                        32.4         13.7 
 
Net investment in finance leases, receivable 
Less than 1 year                                         6.2          4.1 
Between 1 to 5 years                                    26.6          9.8 
More than 5 years                                         --           -- 
                                                        32.8         13.9 
 
 
   The net investment in finance leases shown above is net of the 
unguaranteed residual value of GBP0.5 million (2018: GBP0.3 million). 
 
   7d. Interest Income 
 
 
 
 
                                  31 December  31 December 
                                      2019         2018 
                                      GBPm         GBPm 
Loans and advances to customers          30.8         15.0 
                                         30.8         15.0 
--------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
   Interest receivable on loans and advances to customers is recognised in 
the Income Statement using the effective interest method, which 
calculates the amortised cost of the financial asset and allocates the 
interest income over the expected product life. 
 
   7e.  Interest expense 
 
 
 
 
                                              31 December  31 December 
                                                  2019         2018 
                                                  GBPm         GBPm 
Interest payable on loan backed securities            5.6          1.7 
Interest payable on other credit facilities           0.7          1.9 
Total interest expense(*1)                            6.3          3.6 
 
 
   *1 Interest paid in total during the year was GBP6.3 million (2018: 
GBP3.1 million) 
 
   Interest expense represents the interest payable on funding for the 
Admiral Loans business, in the form of credit facilities of GBP220.0 
million (2018: GBP200.0 million) of which GBP20.0 million was drawn down 
at 31 December 2019 (2018: GBP71.5 million) and loan backed securities 
through an SPE of GBP400.0 million (2018: GBP300.0 million) of which 
GBP304.5 million was drawn down at 31 December 2019 (2018: GBP168.3 
million). 
 
   8. Other Revenue 
 
   8a. Accounting policy 
 
   (i) Contribution from additional products and fees and Other Revenue 
 
   Revenue is credited to the income statement over the period matching the 
Group's obligations to provide services. Where the Group has no 
remaining obligations, the revenue is recognised immediately. An 
allowance is made for expected cancellations where the customer may be 
entitled to a refund of amounts charged. 
 
   Commission from the provision of insurance intermediary services is 
credited to revenue on the sale of the underlying insurance policy. 
 
   There has been no change in revenue recognition from the comparative 
period. 
 
   (ii) Nature of goods and services 
 
   The following is a description of the principle activities within the 
scope of IFRS 15 from which the Group generates its other revenue. 
 
 
 
 
Products and services     Nature, timing of satisfaction of performance 
                           obligations and significant payment terms 
------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------- 
Comparison                The performance obligation is the provision 
                           of insurance intermediary 
                           services, at which point the performance obligation 
                           is met. Revenue is therefore recognised at a 
                           point in time. 
------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------- 
Fee and commission        The performance obligation is the provision 
 revenue: Commission       of insurance intermediary services, at which 
 on underlying products    point the performance obligation is met. Revenue 
                           is therefore recognised at a point in time. 
                           Payment of the commission is due within 30 days 
                           of the period close. 
------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------- 
Fee and commission        The performance obligation is the change requested 
 revenue: Administration   being made to the underlying policy, at which 
 fees                      point the performance obligation is met. 
                           Revenue is therefore recognised at a point in 
                           time and is collected 
                           immediately or in line with direct debit instalments. 
------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------- 
Revenue from law          The performance obligation is the pursuit of 
 firm                      the compensation from the other side's insurer 
                           on behalf of the customer. Once the case is 
                           settled the performance obligation is fully 
                           satisfied. Revenue is therefore recognised over 
                           time using the expected value method. This method 
                           values revenue by multiplying hours incurred 
                           on open cases by a 12-month realisable rate. 
                           The realisable rate is a probability weighted 
                           transaction price based on settled cases. The 
                           expected value method therefore results in revenue 
                           recognised being constrained to that where there 
                           is a high probability of no significant reversal. 
                           Revenue is recognised over time because as the 
                           Group has an enforceable right to payment for 
                           performance completed to date and the work performed 
                           to date has no alternative use to the Group 
                           A contract asset is recognised equal to the 
                           work performed up to the balance sheet date 
                           but not yet billed. Refer to note 6g for further 
                           detail of this balance. 
                           Payment is due within 28 days of invoice. 
------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------- 
Profit commission         The Group's profit commission revenue falling 
 from co-insurers         within the scope of IFRS 15, 'Revenue from Contracts 
                          with Customers' relates to a contractual arrangement 
                          between the Group's insurance intermediary EUI 
                          Limited, and a third party (external to the 
                          Group) co-insurer (Great Lakes) underwriting 
                          a share of the UK Car Insurance business generated 
                          by EUI Limited. 
                          The variable consideration, being the profit 
                          commission recognised in respect of each underwriting 
                          year at the end of each reporting period, is 
                          recognized at a point in time, and calculated 
                          based on a number of detailed inputs, the most 
                          material of which are as follows: 
                          --    Premiums, defined as gross premiums ceded includin 
                          g 
                                any instalment income, less reinsurance premium (f 
                          or 
                                excess of loss reinsurance); 
                          --    Insurance expenses incurred; 
                          --    Claims ratio (more typically referred to as a loss 
                                ratio) 
                          Whilst the premiums and insurance expenses related 
                          to an underwriting year are typically fixed 
                          at the conclusion of each underwriting year 
                          and are not subject to judgement, the claims 
                          ratio is calculated from the underwriting year 
                          loss ratios that result from the setting of 
                          claims reserves in the financial statements 
                          meaning it is subject to inherent uncertainty. 
                          As stated in note 5d, Admiral's reserving policy 
                          is initially to reserve conservatively, above 
                          internal and independent projections of actuarial 
                          best estimates. This is designed to create a 
                          margin held in reserves to allow for unforeseen 
                          adverse development in open claims. 
                          Admiral's financial statement loss ratios, used 
                          in the calculation of profit commission income, 
                          continue to include a significant margin above 
                          projected best estimates of ultimate claims 
                          costs. It is this margin for uncertainty, included 
                          in the financial statement loss ratios, which 
                          creates the constraint over the recognition 
                          of the variable consideration, as using the 
                          booked loss ratio rather than the actuarial 
                          best estimate constrains the profit commission 
                          income to a level where there is a high probability 
                          of no significant reversal of the revenue recognised. 
                          The key methods, inputs and assumptions used 
                          to estimate the variable consideration of profit 
                          commission are therefore in line with those 
                          used for the calculation of claims liabilities, 
                          as set out in note 3 to the annual report, with 
                          further detail also included in note 5. There 
                          are no further critical accounting estimates 
                          or judgements in relation to the recognition 
                          of profit 
                          commission. 
------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
   Instalment income on insurance premium paid via instalments is 
recognised under IFRS 9 using the effective interest rate, and as such 
is not within the scope of IFRS 15.  Profit commission from reinsurers 
is within the scope of IFRS 4, and not within the scope of IFRS 15 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers due to the nature of the income. 
 
   Refer to the Strategic Report for further detail on the sources of 
revenue. 
 
   8b. Disaggregation of revenue 
 
   In the following tables, other revenue is disaggregated by major 
products/service lines and timing of revenue recognition. The total 
revenue disclosed in the table of GBP584.8 million (2018: GBP542.4 
million) represents total other revenue and profit commission and is 
disaggregated into the segments included in note 4. 
 
 
 
 
                                                                Year ended 31 December 2019 
                                                  International 
                                    UK Insurance   Car Insurance   Comparison  Other  Total 
                                        GBPm           GBPm           GBPm      GBPm   GBPm 
                                                  --------------  -----------  -----  ----- 
Major products/ service line 
Comparison(*1)                                --              --        152.2     --  152.2 
Instalment income                           85.3             2.9           --     --   88.2 
Fee and commission revenue                 162.0            18.7           --    1.9  182.6 
Revenue from law firm                       32.9              --           --     --   32.9 
Other                                       13.4              --           --    0.6   14.0 
Total other revenue                        293.6            21.6        152.2    2.5  469.9 
Profit commission                          114.0             0.9           --     --  114.9 
Total other revenue and profit 
 commission                                407.6            22.5        152.2    2.5  584.8 
 
Timing of revenue recognition 
Point in time                              267.8            18.7        152.2    2.5  441.2 
Over time                                   35.9              --           --     --   35.9 
Revenue outside the scope of IFRS 
 15                                        103.9             3.8           --     --  107.7 
                                           407.6            22.5        152.2    2.5  584.8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                Year ended 31 December 2018 
                                                  International 
                                    UK Insurance   Car Insurance   Comparison  Other  Total 
                                        GBPm           GBPm           GBPm      GBPm   GBPm 
                                                  --------------  -----------  -----  ----- 
Major products/ service line 
Comparison(*1)                                --              --        131.7     --  131.7 
Instalment income                           82.6             2.7           --     --   85.3 
Fee and commission revenue                 172.4            15.9           --    1.9  190.2 
Revenue from law firms                      30.5              --           --     --   30.5 
Other                                       10.8              --           --    0.7   11.5 
Total other revenue                        296.3            18.6        131.7    2.6  449.2 
Profit commission                           93.2              --           --     --   93.2 
Total other revenue and profit 
 commission                                389.5            18.6        131.7    2.6  542.4 
 
Timing of revenue recognition 
Point in time                              275.3            15.9        131.7    2.6  425.5 
Over time                                   33.4              --           --     --   33.4 
Revenue outside the scope of IFRS 
 15                                         80.8             2.7           --     --   83.5 
                                           389.5            18.6        131.7    2.6  542.4 
 
 
   *1  Comparison revenue excludes GBP19.4 million (31 December 2018: 
GBP19.3 million) of income from other Group companies. 
 
   Instalment income is recognised applying the effective interest rate 
over the term of the policy, and is outside the scope of IFRS 15. 
Profit commission from reinsurers is recognised under IFRS 4, and is 
discussed further in note 5 to the financial statements. 
 
   9. Expenses 
 
   9a. Accounting policies 
 
   (i) Acquisition costs and operating expenses 
 
   Acquisition costs incurred in obtaining new and renewal business are 
charged to the income statement over the period in which those premiums 
are earned. All other operating expenses are charged to the income 
statement in the period that they are incurred. 
 
   (ii)  Employee benefits 
 
   As detailed in the Remuneration Committee Report, the key elements of 
employee remuneration are: 
 
 
   -- Base salaries and pension contributions 
 
   -- Share based incentive plans 
 
   -- A discretionary bonus, (the 'DFSS Bonus'), rather than an annual cash 
      bonus, that is directly linked to the number of DFSS awards held and 
      actual dividends paid out to shareholders. 
 
 
   Within note 9b, the charges for base salaries and pension contributions 
(and the related social security costs) are recognised within insurance 
contract expenses or administration and other marketing costs, based on 
the role of the employee. 
 
   Charges for the share based incentive plans (and related social security 
costs) and discretionary bonus are included within "share scheme 
charges". These charges are not shown as part of the result for each 
reportable segment, or within the expense ratio, due to them being 
materially comprised of an accounting charge in line with IFRS 2 'Share 
based payments' which does not result in a cash payment to employees but 
instead results in a dilution of shares. 
 
   The rules of the share schemes ensure that the actual dilution level 
does not exceed 10% in any rolling ten-year period, by funding of any 
vested (and future) DFSS and SIP awards as appropriate with 
market-purchased shares. This corresponds to approximately a 1% dilution 
of share capital each year. 
 
   Base salaries and pension contributions 
 
   Base salaries and the related employer social security costs are charged 
to the income statement in the period that they are incurred. 
 
   The Group contributes to defined contribution personal pension plans for 
its employees.  The contributions payable to these schemes are charged 
in the accounting period to which they relate. 
 
   Share based incentive plans and related social security costs 
 
   The Group operates a number of equity and cash settled compensation 
schemes for its employees, the main ones being: 
 
 
   -- a Share Incentive Plan ('SIP'), which is in place for all UK employees 
      encouraging wide share ownership across our employees, and 
 
   -- the Discretionary Free Share Scheme ('DFSS').  DFSS shares are typically 
      awarded to managers, and for the majority of employees 50% of the DFSS 
      shares awarded are subject to three performance conditions being Earnings 
      per Share growth, Return on Equity and Total Shareholder Return vs. the 
      FTSE 350 (excluding investment companies) over a three-year period. 
 
 
   For both schemes, employees must remain in employment three years after 
the award date (i.e. at the vesting date), otherwise the shares are 
forfeited. 
 
   The majority of these schemes are classed as equity settled under IFRS 
2, due to the employees receiving shares (rather than cash) as 
consideration for the services provided. 
 
   For equity settled schemes, the charge, which reflects the fair value of 
the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the free 
shares, is recognised as an expense, with a corresponding increase in 
equity, as shown in Consolidated statement of changes in equity (2019: 
GBP58.8 million; 2018: GBP56.7 million). 
 
   For the cash settled schemes, the expense recognised for the fair value 
of services received results in a corresponding increase in liabilities. 
 
   The key drivers and assumptions used to calculate the charge for the 
schemes over the three year vesting period are: 
 
 
   -- the number of shares awarded, which is set at the start of each scheme. 
      Details of the number of shares awarded for each scheme where shares 
      remain unvested is set out in note 9f(ii) 
 
   -- the fair value of the shares 
 
          -- For the SIP, the fair value of the shares awarded is the share 
             price at the award date.  Awards under the SIP are entitled to 
             receive dividends, and hence no adjustment is made to this fair 
             value. 
 
          -- For the DFSS equity settled awards, awards are not eligible for 
             dividends, although a discretionary bonus is currently paid 
             equivalent to the dividend that would have been paid on the 
             shareholding, hence the fair value of the shares is revised 
             downwards to take account of these expected dividends. 
 
          -- For the DFSS cash settled awards, the fair value is based on the 
             share price at the vesting date.  The closing share price at the 
             end of each reporting period is used as an approximation for the 
             closing price at the end of the vesting period. 
 
   -- attrition rates, which impact the ultimate number of shares that vest. 
 
   -- in the case of the DFSS, the vesting rates based on the performance 
      conditions, which also impact the ultimate number of shares that vest. 
 
 
   The number of shares that have ultimately vested compared to those 
originally awarded is set out in note 9f(iii). 
 
   At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its assumptions on the 
number of shares which will ultimately vest based on the latest forecast 
information for attrition rates and, for the DFSS, the extent to which 
the performance conditions are met. 
 
   The financial impact as a result of any change in the assumptions is 
recognised through the income statement.  Any significant changes in 
assumptions may therefore result in an increased/ decreased charge in an 
accounting period as a result of this true-up of the expected cumulative 
charge required. 
 
   Social security costs on share based incentive plans 
 
   Social security costs are incurred by the Group in respect of the share 
based incentive plans, with the expense recognised over the vesting 
period for each share scheme.  For the SIP, these costs are paid when 
the employees sell the shares after vesting (typically 3-5 years after 
the grant date).  For the DFSS, the costs are paid immediately upon 
vesting. 
 
   The total social security costs are calculated based on the following: 
 
 
   -- The taxable value of the shares, being: 
 
          -- For the SIP, the lower of the share price at award date and the 
             share price at the balance sheet date 
 
          -- For the DFSS, the share price at the balance sheet date; 
 
   -- the number of shares expected to vest for each scheme, driven by the 
      number of shares awarded, attrition rates and, for the DFSS, the vesting 
      rate based on performance conditions; 
 
   -- the appropriate social security rate. 
 
 
   These assumptions are updated at the end of each reporting period. The 
financial impact as a result of any change in the assumptions is 
recognised through the income statement.  Any significant changes in 
assumptions may therefore result in an increased/ decreased charge in an 
accounting period as a result of this true-up of the expected cumulative 
charge required. 
 
   Discretionary bonus on shares allocated but unvested 
 
   The cost of the DFSS bonus is recognised and paid in each period 
equivalent to the dividends on shares allocated to employees that are 
still entitled to vest, but have not yet vested.  The cost shown also 
includes the social security costs on the discretionary bonus.  No 
accrual is made for future discretionary bonus payments due to there 
being no contractual obligation for such a bonus at the balance sheet 
date. 
 
   9b. Operating expenses and share scheme charges 
 
 
 
 
                                                           31 December 2019 
                                                              Recoverable 
                                                              from co- and 
                                                      Gross    reinsurers    Net 
                                                       GBPm       GBPm       GBPm 
Acquisition of insurance contracts                    138.0        (104.9)   33.1 
Administration and other marketing costs (insurance 
 contracts)                                           398.8        (307.2)   91.6 
Insurance contract expenses                           536.8        (412.1)  124.7 
Administration and other marketing costs (other)      281.4             --  281.4 
Share scheme charges                                   82.5         (29.1)   53.4 
Total expenses and share scheme charges               900.7        (441.2)  459.5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                           31 December 2018 
                                                              Recoverable 
                                                              from co- and 
                                                      Gross    reinsurers    Net 
                                                       GBPm       GBPm       GBPm 
Acquisition of insurance contracts(*1)                135.1        (103.8)   31.3 
Administration and other marketing costs (insurance 
 contracts)                                           381.6        (287.9)   93.7 
Insurance contract expenses                           516.7        (391.7)  125.0 
Administration and other marketing costs (other)      249.2             --  249.2 
Share scheme charges                                   76.9         (27.1)   49.8 
Total expenses and share scheme charges               842.8        (418.8)  424.0 
 
 
   *1 Acquisition of insurance contracts expense excludes GBP19.4 million 
(2018: GBP19.3 million) of aggregator fees from other Group companies. 
 
   The GBP91.6 million (2018: GBP93.7 million) administration and marketing 
costs allocated to insurance contracts is principally made up of salary 
costs. 
 
   Analysis of other administration and other marketing costs: 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December  31 December 
                                                          2019         2018 
                                                          GBPm         GBPm 
Expenses relating to additional products and fees            70.1         63.4 
Comparison operating expenses                               156.8        144.4 
Loans expenses (including movement on ECL provision)         31.9         22.9 
Other expenses                                               22.6         18.5 
Total                                                       281.4        249.2 
 
 
   Refer to note 13 for a reconciliation between insurance contract 
expenses and the reported expense ratio. 
 
   9c. Staff costs and other expenses 
 
 
 
 
                                                              31 December      31 December 
                                                                 2019             2018 
                                                            Total    Net     Total    Net 
                                                             GBPm    GBPm     GBPm    GBPm 
                                                                   --------         -------- 
Salaries                                                    292.2     109.2  268.8      95.7 
Social security charges                                      30.5      12.8   27.2      10.3 
Pension costs                                                13.5       4.8    9.0       3.2 
Share scheme charges (see note 9f)                           82.5      53.4   76.9      49.8 
Total staff expenses                                        418.7     180.2  381.9     159.0 
Depreciation charge: 
-- Owned assets                                              11.9       4.1   12.0       3.7 
-- ROU assets                                                11.9       4.6     --        -- 
Amortisation charge: 
-- Software                                                  17.4       5.9   15.5       4.6 
-- Deferred acquisition costs                                  --      52.8     --      50.5 
Auditor's remuneration (including VAT): 
-- Fees payable for the audit of the Company's annual 
 accounts                                                     0.1        --     --        -- 
-- Fees payable for the audit of the Company's subsidiary 
 accounts                                                     0.9       0.8    0.5       0.3 
-- Fees payable for audit related assurance services 
 pursuant to legislation or regulation                        0.4        --    0.4        -- 
 
 
   GBP32,380 (2018: GBPnil) was payable to the auditor for other services 
in the year. 
 
   Total and net expenses are before and after co- and reinsurance 
arrangements respectively. 
 
   Refer to the Corporate Governance Report for details of the Audit 
Committee's policy on fees paid to the Company's auditor for non-audit 
services. Audit fees are 66% (2018: 53%) of total fees and 31% (2018: 
47%) of total fees are for non-audit services, which are classed as 
audit related assurance services under the FRC rules on non-audit 
services. 
 
   The amortisation of software and deferred acquisition cost assets is 
charged to expenses in the income statement. 
 
   9d. Staff numbers (including Directors) 
 
 
 
 
                                 Average for the year 
                                   2019        2018 
                                  Number      Number 
                                            ---------- 
Direct customer contact staff        7,319       6,845 
Support staff                        3,510       3,354 
Total                               10,829      10,199 
 
 
   9e. Directors' remuneration 
 
   (i) Directors' remuneration 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December  31 December 
                                                          2019         2018 
                                                          GBPm         GBPm 
Directors' emoluments                                         1.7          1.6 
Amounts receivable under SIP and DFSS share schemes           1.2          1.1 
Company contributions to money purchase pension 
plans                                                          --           -- 
Total                                                         2.9          2.7 
 
 
   (ii) Number of Directors 
 
 
 
 
                                                     2019     2018 
                                                     Number   Number 
Retirement benefits are accruing to the following 
 number of Directors under: 
-- Money purchase schemes                                 1        1 
 
 
   9f. Staff share schemes 
 
   Analysis of share scheme costs: 
 
 
 
 
                                                          31 December 2019 
                       SIP charge (i)    DFSS charge (ii)     Total charge 
                                        ------------------  -------------- 
                       Gross     Net     Gross      Net     Gross    Net 
                        GBPm     GBPm     GBPm      GBPm     GBPm    GBPm 
                      -------  -------            -------- 
IFRS 2 charge for 
 equity settled 
 share schemes           17.3     11.9      41.5      26.5    58.8    38.4 
IFRS 2 charge for 
 cash settled share 
 schemes                   --       --       1.9       1.0     1.9     1.0 
Total IFRS 2 charge      17.3     11.9      43.4      27.5    60.7    39.4 
Social security 
 costs on IFRS 2 
 charge                   1.6      1.2       7.1       4.8     8.7     6.0 
Discretionary bonus 
 on shares allocated 
 but unvested              --       --      13.1       8.0    13.1     8.0 
Total share scheme 
 charges                 18.9     13.1      63.6      40.3    82.5    53.4 
--------------------  -------  -------  --------  --------  ------  ------ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          31 December 2018 
                       SIP charge (i)    DFSS charge (ii)     Total charge 
                      ----------------  ------------------  -------------- 
                       Gross     Net     Gross      Net     Gross    Net 
                        GBPm     GBPm     GBPm      GBPm     GBPm    GBPm 
                               -------            -------- 
IFRS 2 charge for 
 equity settled 
 share schemes           16.4     11.2      40.3      25.8    56.7    37.0 
IFRS 2 charge for 
 cash settled share 
 schemes                   --       --       0.6       0.3     0.6     0.3 
Total IFRS 2 charge      16.4     11.2      40.9      26.1    57.3    37.3 
Social security 
 costs                    1.7      1.1       5.9       3.9     7.6     5.0 
Discretionary bonus 
 on shares allocated 
 but unvested              --      ---      12.0       7.5    12.0     7.5 
Total share scheme 
 charges                 18.1     12.3      58.8      37.5    76.9    49.8 
--------------------  -------  -------  --------  --------  ------  ------ 
 
 
   Net share scheme charges are presented after allocations to co-insurers 
(in the UK and Italy) and reinsurers (in the International Insurance 
businesses).  The proportion of net to gross share scheme charges would 
be expected to be consistent in each period, at approximately 65%. 
 
 
 
 
 
                                    Financial year ended 31 December 
                                                       Total cumulative 
                       2016 and                            charge to 
Analysis of gross        prior    2017   2018   2019         date 
 cost                    GBPm     GBPm    GBPm   GBPm        GBPm 
Year of share scheme 
 - SIP 
2014                        9.7     2.1     --     --              11.8 
2015                        8.6     3.0    2.0     --              13.6 
2016                        6.2     2.2    5.4    2.1              15.9 
2017(*1)                    2.2     1.1    5.5    5.5              14.3 
2018(*1)                     --      --    3.5    6.1               9.6 
2019(*1)                     --      --     --    3.6               3.6 
Gross IFRS 2 costs 
 -- SIP                             8.4   16.4   17.3 
Year of share scheme 
 - DFSS 
2014                       11.8     3.7     --     --              15.5 
2015                        9.6     9.4    7.0     --              26.0 
2016                        5.8    12.8   17.0    9.8              45.4 
2017(*2)                     --     3.6   13.0   14.5              31.1 
2018(*2)                     --      --    3.9   15.6              19.5 
2019(*2)                     --      --     --    3.5               3.5 
Gross IFRS 2 costs 
 - DFSS                            29.5   40.9   43.4 
---------------------  --------  ------  -----  -----  ---------------- 
Total IFRS 2 costs                 37.9   57.3   60.7 
 
   *1 Awards are made in March and September of each year, and vest over 36 
months from award date.  On the 2017 scheme, an average of 5 months' 
charge remains outstanding, on the 2018 scheme an average of 17 months' 
charge remains outstanding, and on the 2019 schemes an average of 29 
months' charge remains outstanding. 
 
   *2 The main award is made in September of each year, with smaller awards 
made at other points through the year.  The shares vest over 36 months 
from award date.  On the 2017 main DFSS, 9 months' charge remains 
outstsanding; on the 2018 main DFSS 21 months' charge remains 
outstanding, and on the 2019 main DFSS, 33 months' charge remains 
outstanding. 
 
   (i) The Approved Share Incentive Plan (the SIP) 
 
   Eligible UK based employees qualified for awards under the SIP based 
upon the performance of the Group in each half-year period. The maximum 
award for each year is GBP3,600 per employee and the maximum number of 
shares that can vest relating to the 2019 schemes is 1,113,496 (2018 
schemes: 1,192,302; 2017 schemes: 1,067,291). 
 
   The awards are made at the discretion of the remuneration committee, 
taking into account the Group's performance. 
 
   (ii) The Discretionary Free Share Scheme (the DFSS) 
 
   Under the DFSS, details of which are contained in the remuneration 
policy section of the Directors' Remuneration Report, individuals 
receive an award of free shares at no charge. 
 
   The maximum number of shares that can vest relating to the 2019 schemes 
is 2,637,196 (2018 schemes: 3,373,948; 2017 schemes: 3,205,449). 
 
   The vesting percentage for the 2016 DFSS scheme which vested during 2019 
was 93.8% (2015 DFSS scheme: 87.1%). 
 
   (ii) Number of free share awards committed at 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
                              Awards 
                          outstanding(*1) 
SIP 2017(2)                     1,067,291 
SIP 2018(*2)                    1,192,302 
SIP 2019(*2)                    1,113,496 
DFSS 2017(*3)                   3,205,449 
DFSS 2018(*3)                   3,373,948 
DFSS 2019(*3)                   2,637,196 
Total awards committed         12,589,682 
-----------------------  ---------------- 
 
   *1 Being the maximum number of awards committed before accounting for 
expected staff attrition and vesting conditions 
 
   *2 Shares are awarded in March and September of each year, and vest 
three years later 
 
   *3 The main award is made in September of each year, with smaller awards 
made at other points through the year 
 
   (iii) Number of free share awards vesting during the year ended 31 
December 2019 
 
   During the year ended 31 December 2019, awards under the SIP H116 and 
H216 schemes and the DFSS 2016 schemes vested. The total number of 
awards vesting for each scheme is as follows. 
 
 
 
 
                     Original awards  Awards vested 
SIP 2016 schemes           1,025,662        797,311 
DFSS 2016 schemes          3,253,250      2,643,980 
 
 
   The difference between the original and vested awards reflects employee 
attrition (SIP schemes) and both employee attrition and the vesting 
outcomes based on performance conditions noted above (DFSS schemes). 
 
   The weighted average fair value of the shares granted in the year was 
GBP18.96 (2018: GBP17.65). 
 
   The weighted average market share price at the date of exercise for 
shares exercised during the year was GBP21.06 (2018: GBP20.05). 
 
   10. Taxation 
 
   10a. Accounting policy 
 
   Income tax on the profit or loss for the periods presented comprises 
current and deferred tax. 
 
   (i) Current tax 
 
   Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the 
period, using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the balance sheet date, and includes any adjustment to tax payable in 
respect of previous periods. 
 
   Current tax related to items recognised in other comprehensive income is 
also recognised in other comprehensive income and not in the income 
statement. 
 
   (ii) Deferred tax 
 
   Deferred tax is provided in full using the balance sheet liability 
method, providing for temporary differences arising between the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts 
used for taxation purposes. 
 
   Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and that are expected to 
apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is 
realised. 
 
   The principal temporary differences arise from carried forward losses, 
depreciation of property and equipment and share scheme charges. The 
resulting deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, 
except in relation to share scheme charges where the amount of tax 
benefit credited to the income statement is limited to an equivalent 
credit calculated on the accounting charge. Any excess is recognised 
directly in equity. 
 
   Deferred tax assets relating to carried forward losses are recognised 
only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will 
be available against which the assets can be utilised. The probability 
of the availability of future taxable profits is determined by a 
combination of the classification of the status of the businesses 
holding cumulative tax losses and the business plan profit projections 
for that business, subject to appropriate stress testing. 
 
   10b. Taxation 
 
 
 
 
                                                     31 December  31 December 
                                                         2019         2018 
                                                         GBPm         GBPm 
Current tax 
Corporation tax on profits for the year                     91.3         81.4 
Under-provision relating to prior periods                    0.5          0.2 
Current tax charge                                          91.8         81.6 
Deferred tax 
Current period deferred taxation movement                    2.8          3.8 
(Over)/under provision relating to prior periods           (0.4)          0.3 
Total tax charge per consolidated income statement          94.2         85.7 
 
 
   Factors affecting the total tax charge are: 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December  31 December 
                                                          2019         2018 
                                                          GBPm         GBPm 
Profit before tax                                           522.6        476.2 
Corporation tax thereon at effective UK corporation 
 tax rate of 19.0% (2018: 19.0%)                             99.3         90.5 
Expenses and provisions not deductible for tax 
 purposes                                                     1.8          0.7 
Non-taxable income                                          (4.9)        (6.0) 
Impact of change in UK tax rate on deferred tax 
 balances                                                     0.3          0.5 
Adjustments relating to prior periods                         0.1          0.6 
Impact of different overseas tax rates                      (8.8)        (8.2) 
Unrecognised deferred tax                                     6.4          7.6 
Total tax charge for the period as above                     94.2         85.7 
----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
   The outstanding corporation tax payable as at 31 December 2019 was 
GBP48.3 million (2018: GBP49.3 million). 
 
   10c. Deferred income tax asset/(liability) 
 
   Analysis of deferred tax asset/(liability) 
 
 
 
 
                                                       Tax treatment 
                                                          of share      Capital        Carried                               Other 
                                                          schemes      allowances   forward losses    Fair value reserve   differences  Total 
                                                            GBPm          GBPm           GBPm                GBPm             GBPm       GBPm 
Balance brought forward at 1 January 2018                        6.1        (4.5)              2.9                 (4.6)           0.4    0.3 
Tax treatment of share scheme charges through income 
 or expense                                                    (2.2)           --               --                    --            --  (2.2) 
Tax treatment of share scheme charges through 
 reserves                                                        3.3           --               --                    --            --    3.3 
Capital allowances                                                --          0.9               --                    --            --    0.9 
Carried forward losses                                            --           --            (2.9)                    --            --  (2.9) 
Movement in fair value reserve                                    --           --               --                   0.7            --    0.7 
Other difference                                                  --           --               --                    --           0.1    0.1 
Balance carried forward at 31 December 2018                      7.2        (3.6)               --                 (3.9)           0.5    0.2 
Tax treatment of share scheme charges through income 
 or expense                                                    (4.6)           --               --                    --            --  (4.6) 
Tax treatment of share scheme charges through 
 reserves                                                        3.3           --               --                    --            --    3.3 
Capital allowances                                                --          1.5               --                    --            --    1.5 
Carried forward losses                                            --           --               --                    --            --     -- 
Movement in fair value reserve                                    --           --               --                 (1.5)            --  (1.5) 
Other difference                                                  --           --               --                    --           0.7    0.7 
Balance carried forward at 31 December 2019                      5.9        (2.1)               --                 (5.4)           1.2  (0.4) 
 
 
   Positive amounts presented above relate to a deferred tax asset 
position. 
 
   The average effective rate of tax for 2019 is 19.0% (2018: 19.0%). A 
further reduction to the main rate of corporation tax to 17% (effective 
from 1 April 2020) was enacted on 15 September 2016 but is expected to 
be reversed. This would reduce the Group's future current tax charge 
accordingly. 
 
   The deferred tax asset in relation to carried forward losses remains at 
GBPnil at the year end (2018: GBPnil) due to uncertainty over the 
availability of future taxable profits against which to offset utilise 
any deferred tax asset (see note 3 for details of how future taxable 
profits are estimated). 
 
   At 31 December 2019 the Group had unused tax losses amounting to 
GBP231.3 million (2018: GBP217.5 million), relating primarily to the 
Group's US businesses Elephant Auto and compare.com, for which no 
deferred tax asset has been recognised. The earliest expiry date for any 
of these tax losses is 2029. The total aggregated unrecognised deferred 
tax liabilities on temporary differences associated with subsidiaries is 
GBPnil (2018: GBPnil). 
 
   11. Other assets and other liabilities 
 
   11a. Accounting policy 
 
   (i) Property and equipment, and depreciation 
 
   All property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight line method 
to write off the cost less residual values of the assets over their 
useful economic lives. These useful economic lives are as follows: 
 
   Improvements to short leasehold buildings         --             four to 
ten years 
 
   Computer equipment                                                    --             two to four years 
 
 
   Office equipment                                                            --             four years 
 
 
   Furniture and fittings                                                     --             four years 
 
 
   Motor vehicles                                                                  --             four years 
 
 
   Right-of-use assets                                                         -              2 -- 20 years, aligned to lease agreement 
 
 
   In line with the adoption of IFRS 16, and as set out further in notes 2 
and 6h to the financial statements, a right-of-use asset has been 
established in relation the Group's lease arrangements. 
 
   The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, which comprises the 
following: 
 
 
   -- the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability (see notes 2 and 
      6h to the financial statements) 
 
   -- any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease 
      incentives received 
 
   -- any initial direct costs, and 
 
   -- restoration costs. 
 
 
   The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated over the shorter of 
the lease term and the asset's useful life on a straight-line basis. 
 
   The Group does not have any significant leases which qualify for the 
short-term leases or leases of low-value assets exemption. 
 
   (ii) Impairment of property and equipment 
 
   In the case of property and equipment, carrying values are reviewed at 
each balance sheet date to determine whether there are any indications 
of impairment. If any such indications exist, the asset's recoverable 
amount is estimated and compared to the carrying value. The carrying 
value is the higher of the fair value of the asset, less costs to sell 
and the asset's value in use. Impairment losses are recognised through 
the income statement. 
 
   (iv) Intangible assets 
 
   Goodwill 
 
   All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition 
method. Goodwill has been recognised in acquisitions of subsidiaries, 
and represents the difference between the cost of the acquisition and 
the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired. 
 
   The classification and accounting treatment of acquisitions occurring 
before 1 January 2004 have not been reconsidered in preparing the 
Group's opening IFRS balance sheet at 1 January 2004 due to the 
exemption available in IFRS 1 (First time adoption). In respect of 
acquisitions prior to 1 January 2004, goodwill is included at the 
transition date on the basis of its deemed cost, which represents the 
amount recorded under UK GAAP, which was tested for impairment at the 
transition date. On transition, amortisation of goodwill has ceased as 
required by IAS 38. 
 
   Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 
Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units (CGUs) according to 
business segment and is reviewed annually for impairment. 
 
   The goodwill held on the balance sheet at 31 December 2019 and 2018 is 
allocated solely to the UK Insurance segment. 
 
   Impairment of goodwill 
 
   The annual impairment review involves comparing the carrying amount to 
the estimated recoverable amount (by allocating the goodwill to CGUs) 
and recognising an impairment loss if the recoverable amount is lower. 
Impairment losses are recognised through the income statement and are 
not subsequently reversed. 
 
   The recoverable amount is the greater of the fair value of the asset 
less costs to sell and the value in use of the CGU. 
 
   The value in use calculations use cash flow projections based on 
financial budgets approved by management covering a three year period. 
Cash flows beyond this period are considered, but not included in the 
calculation. 
 
   The key assumptions used in the value in use calculations are those 
regarding growth rates and expected changes in pricing and expenses 
incurred during the period. Management estimates growth rates and 
changes in pricing based on past practices and expected future changes 
in the market. 
 
   The headroom above the goodwill carrying value is very significant, and 
there is no foreseeable event that would eliminate this margin. 
 
   Deferred acquisition costs 
 
   Acquisition costs comprise all direct and indirect costs arising from 
the conclusion of insurance contracts. Deferred acquisition costs 
represent the proportion of acquisition costs incurred that correspond 
to the unearned premiums provision at the balance sheet date. This 
balance is held as an intangible asset. It is amortised over the term of 
the contract as premium is earned. 
 
   Software 
 
   Purchased software is recognised as an intangible asset and amortised 
over its expected useful life (generally the licence term). Internally 
generated software is recognised as an intangible asset, with directly 
attributable costs incurred in the development stage capitalised. The 
internally generated software assets are amortised over the expected 
useful life of the systems and amortisation commences when the software 
is available for use. 
 
   The carrying value of software is reviewed every six months for evidence 
of impairment, with the value being written down if any impairment 
exists. Impairment may be reversed if conditions subsequently improve. 
 
   (iv) Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets 
 
   Provisions are recognised when a legal or constructive obligation arises 
as a result of an event that occurred before the balance sheet date, 
when a cash-outflow relating to this obligation is probable and when the 
amount can be estimated reliably. 
 
   Where a material obligation exists, but the likelihood of a cash 
out-flow or the amount is uncertain, or where there is a possible 
obligation arising from a past event that is contingent on a future 
event, a contingent liability is disclosed. 
 
   Contingent assets are possible assets that arise from past events, whose 
existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of 
future events. Where it is probable that a cash-inflow will arise from a 
contingent asset, this is disclosed. 
 
   11b. Property and equipment 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                      ROU 
                Improvements to short leasehold buildings  Computer equipment  Office equipment  Furniture and fittings   Asset -- Leasehold buildings  Total 
                                   GBPm                           GBPm               GBPm                 GBPm                        GBPm               GBPm 
Cost 
At 1 January 
 2018                                                28.7                57.2              19.7                     9.8                             --  115.4 
Additions                                             3.1                 4.9               1.9                     0.1                             --   10.0 
Disposals                                           (0.7)               (0.1)             (0.2)                   (0.2)                             --  (1.2) 
Transfers                                           (1.2)                  --                --                      --                             --  (1.2) 
Foreign 
 exchange 
 movement                                           (0.1)                 0.1                --                     0.1                             --    0.1 
At 31 December 
 2018                                                29.8                62.1              21.4                     9.8                             --  123.1 
Depreciation 
At 1 January 
 2018                                                14.9                45.9              15.2                     8.1                             --   84.1 
Charge for the 
 year                                                 2.8                 6.5               1.9                     0.8                             --   12.0 
Disposals                                           (0.7)               (0.1)             (0.1)                   (0.1)                             --  (1.0) 
Foreign 
 exchange 
 movement                                           (0.2)                  --                --                     0.1                             --  (0.1) 
At 31 December 
 2018                                                16.8                52.3              17.0                     8.9                             --   95.0 
Net book 
amount 
At 1 January 
 2018                                                13.8                11.3               4.5                     1.7                             --   31.3 
Net book 
amount 
At 31 December 
 2018                                                13.0                 9.8               4.4                     0.9                             --   28.1 
Cost 
At 1 January 
 2019                                                29.8                62.1              21.4                     9.8                             --  123.1 
Initial 
 application 
 of IFRS 16                                            --                  --                --                      --                          136.7  136.7 
Additions                                             4.2                 9.7               1.8                     0.9                             --   16.6 
Disposals                                              --               (0.2)             (0.6)                   (0.2)                             --  (1.0) 
Transfers                                           (0.4)                 0.1                --                     0.3                             --     -- 
Foreign 
 exchange and 
 other 
 movements(*1)                                      (0.2)               (0.3)             (0.2)                   (0.2)                          (2.3)  (3.2) 
At 31 December 
 2019                                                33.4                71.4              22.4                    10.6                          134.4  272.2 
Depreciation 
At 1 January 
 2019                                                16.8                52.3              17.0                     8.9                             --   95.0 
Initial 
application of 
IFRS 16                                                --                  --                --                      --                             --     -- 
Charge for the 
 year                                                 3.2                 6.7               1.5                     0.5                           11.9   23.8 
Disposals                                              --               (0.1)                --                   (0.2)                             --  (0.3) 
Foreign 
 exchange 
 movement                                           (0.2)               (0.2)             (0.1)                   (0.1)                          (0.1)  (0.7) 
At 31 December 
 2019                                                19.8                58.7              18.4                     9.1                           11.8  117.8 
Net book 
amount 
At 31 December 
 2019                                                13.6                12.7               4.0                     1.5                          122.6  154.4 
 
   *1  Within foreign exchange and other movements for the ROU asset, 
GBP0.6m relates to remeasurements of the ROU asset due to amendments to 
the payment terms of the leasing arrangement. 
 
   11c. Intangible Assets 
 
 
 
 
                                        Deferred 
                                       acquisition 
                            Goodwill      costs     Software(*1)  Total 
                              GBPm        GBPm          GBPm       GBPm 
At 1 January 2018               62.3          20.6          76.5   159.4 
Additions                         --          53.1          13.9    67.0 
Amortisation charge               --        (50.5)        (15.5)  (66.0) 
Disposals                         --            --            --      -- 
Transfers                         --            --           1.2     1.2 
Foreign exchange movement         --           0.2           0.2     0.4 
At 31 December 2018             62.3          23.4          76.3   162.0 
Additions                         --          54.8          17.0    71.8 
Amortisation charge               --        (52.8)        (17.4)  (70.2) 
Disposals                         --            --         (0.3)   (0.3) 
Impairment                        --            --         (1.2)   (1.2) 
Transfers                         --            --            --      -- 
Foreign exchange movement         --         (0.6)         (1.2)   (1.8) 
At 31 December 2019             62.3          24.8          73.2   160.3 
 
 
   *1 Software additions relating to internal development are immaterial in 
both 2019 and 2018 
 
   Goodwill relates to the acquisition of Group subsidiary EUI Limited 
(formerly Admiral Insurance Services Limited) in November 1999. As 
described in the accounting policies, the amortisation of this asset 
ceased on transition to IFRS on 1 January 2004. All annual impairment 
reviews since the transition date have indicated that the estimated 
recoverable value of the asset is greater than the carrying amount and 
therefore no impairment losses have been recognised. Refer to the 
accounting policy for goodwill for further information. 
 
   11d. Trade and other payables 
 
 
 
 
                                                 31 December  31 December 
                                                     2019         2018 
                                                     GBPm         GBPm 
Trade payables                                          37.5         37.9 
Amounts owed to co-insurers                            220.8        153.2 
Amounts owed to reinsurers                           1,221.3      1,122.7 
Other taxation and social security liabilities          79.6         60.4 
Other payables                                         188.1        196.0 
Accruals and deferred income (see below)               228.6        231.3 
Total trade and other payables                       1,975.9      1,801.5 
 
 
   Of amounts owed to co-insurers and reinsurers (recognised under IFRS 4), 
GBP1,129.6 million (2018: GBP1,022.7 million) is held under funds 
withheld arrangements. 
 
   Analysis of accruals and deferred income: 
 
 
 
 
                                                  31 December  31 December 
                                                      2019         2018 
                                                      GBPm         GBPm 
Premium received in advance of policy inception         131.7        127.2 
Accrued expenses                                         57.4         64.8 
Deferred income                                          39.5         39.3 
Total accruals and deferred income as above             228.6        231.3 
 
 
   11e. Leases 
 
   Information presented in this note is in accordance with IFRS 16. 
Comparative information presented for the year ended 31 December 2018 is 
in accordance with IAS 17. 
 
   Admiral Group plc hold various property under leasing arrangements that 
are now recognised as right of use assets and lease liabilities. A 
reconciliation to the prior year operating lease commitment can be found 
in note 2b. A maturity analysis of lease liabilities based on 
contractual undiscounted cashflows is set out below: 
 
 
 
 
                                                     31 December  31 December 
                                                         2019         2018 
                                                         GBPm         GBPm 
Maturity analysis -- contractual undiscounted cash 
 flows 
Within one year                                             12.9         14.8 
Between two to five years                                   47.9         54.3 
Over five years                                            102.0        116.8 
Total                                                      162.8        185.9 
 
 
   Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position are as 
follows: 
 
 
 
 
                    31 December 
                        2019 
                        GBPm 
Lease liabilities 
Current                     9.7 
Non-Current               127.4 
Total                     137.1 
 
 
   Amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December 
                                                          2019 
                                                          GBPm 
Interest payable on lease liabilities under IFRS 16           3.2 
Interest recoverable from co and re-insurers                (2.0) 
                                                              1.2 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------- 
 
 
   The Group has no significant financial commitments other than those 
accounted for as right of use assets and lease liabilities under IFRS 
16. 
 
   11f. Contingent liabilities 
 
   The Groups' legal entities operate in numerous tax jurisdictions and on 
a regular basis are subject to review and enquiry by the relevant tax 
authority. 
 
   Rastreator Comparador Correduria Seguros ("Rastreator Comparador"), the 
Group's Spanish  Comparison business, has recently undergone a tax audit 
in respect of the 2013 and 2014 financial years.  As a result of the 
audit, the Spanish Tax Authority has denied the VAT exemption relating 
to insurance intermediary services which Rastreator Comparador has 
applied.  Rastreator Comparador is appealing this decision via the 
Spanish Courts and is confident in defending its position which is, in 
its view, in line with the EU Directive and is also consistent with the 
way similar supplies are treated throughout Europe. 
 
   The potential liability for the financial years currently subject to 
audit is approximately EUR5m, and, as identified in note 6, a bank 
guarantee has been provided to the Spanish Tax Authority for this 
amount.  If the exemption is also disallowed in respect of later years, 
the liability could increase to EUR19m. 
 
   The Group is also in early stage discussions on various corporate tax 
matters with tax authorities in the UK and Italy. 
 
   No provision has been made in these financial statements in relation to 
the matters noted above. 
 
   12. Share capital 
 
   The Group's capital includes share capital and the share premium account, 
other reserves which are comprised of the fair value reserve and foreign 
exchange reserve, and retained earnings. 
 
   12a. Accounting policies 
 
   (i) Share capital 
 
   Shares are classified as equity when there is no obligation to transfer 
cash or other assets. 
 
   (ii) Dividends 
 
   Dividends are recorded in the period in which they are declared and 
paid. 
 
   (iii) Earnings per share 
 
   Basic Earnings per share is calculated by dividing profit or loss 
attributable to equity holders of the Group parent company, Admiral 
Group plc by the weighted average number of ordinary shares during the 
period. 
 
   Diluted Earnings per share is calculated by dividing profit or loss 
attributable to equity holders of the Group parent company by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, adjusted for the 
effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. 
 
   12b. Dividends 
 
   Dividends were proposed, approved and paid as follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                                           31 December  31 December 
                                                               2019         2018 
                                                               GBPm         GBPm 
Proposed March 2018 (58.0 pence per share, approved 
 April 2018, paid June 2018)                                        --        163.3 
Declared August 2018 (60.0 pence per share, paid October 
 2018)                                                              --        169.4 
Proposed March 2019 (66.0 pence per share, approved 
 April 2019, paid June 2019)                                     188.0           -- 
Declared August 2019 (63.0 pence per share, paid October 
 2019)                                                           179.8           -- 
Total dividends                                                  367.8        332.7 
 
 
   The dividends proposed in March (approved in April) represent the final 
dividends paid in respect of the 2017 and 2018 financial years. The 
dividends declared in August are interim distributions in respect of 
2018 and 2019. 
 
   A final dividend of 77.0 pence per share (GBP222 million) has been 
proposed in respect of the 2019 financial year. Refer to the Chairman's 
Statement and Strategic Report for further detail. 
 
   12c. Earnings per share 
 
 
 
 
                                                            31 December  31 December 
                                                                2019         2018 
                                                                GBPm         GBPm 
Profit for the financial year after taxation attributable 
 to equity shareholders                                           432.4        395.1 
Weighted average number of shares -- basic                  291,513,714  288,197,247 
Unadjusted earnings per share -- basic                           148.3p       137.1p 
Weighted average number of shares -- diluted                292,094,797  288,845,845 
Unadjusted earnings per share -- diluted                         148.0p       136.8p 
 
 
   The difference between the basic and diluted number of shares at the end 
of 2019 (being 581,083; 2018: 648,598) relates to awards committed, but 
not yet issued under the Group's share schemes. Refer to note 9 for 
further detail. 
 
   12d. Share capital 
 
 
 
 
                                           31 December  31 December 
                                               2019         2018 
                                               GBPm         GBPm 
Authorised 
500,000,000 ordinary shares of 0.1 pence           0.5          0.5 
Issued, called up and fully paid 
293,686,329 ordinary shares of 0.1 pence           0.3           -- 
290,502,737 ordinary shares of 0.1 pence            --          0.3 
                                                   0.3          0.3 
-----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
   During 2019, 3,183,592 (2018: 3,288,475) new ordinary shares of 0.1 
pence were issued to the trusts administering the Group's share schemes. 
 
   883,592 (2018: 988,475) of these were issued to the Admiral Group Share 
Incentive Plan Trust for the purposes of this share scheme to give a 
closing number at 31 December 2019 of 11,628,981 (31 December 2018: 
10,745,389). Of the shares issued, 4,389,821 remain in the Trust at 31 
December 2019 (2018: 4,311,425).  These shares are entitled to receive 
dividends. 
 
   2,300,000 (2018: 2,300,000) shares were issued to the Admiral Group 
Employee Benefit Trust for the purposes of the Discretionary Free Share 
Scheme resulting in cumulative shares issued to the Trust of 23,461,948 
(31 December 2018: 21,161,948).   Of the shares issued 5,823,675 remain 
in the Trust at 31 December 2019 (2018: 6,170,927) to be used for future 
vesting, the remaining issued shares having vested. 
 
   The balance of awards made to employees under the Discretionary Free 
Share Scheme that have not either vested or lapsed is 8,691,542 (2018: 
9,218,956). 
 
   The Trustees have waived the right to dividend payments, other than to 
the extent of 0.001 pence per share, unless and to the extent otherwise 
directed by the Company from time to time. 
 
   There is one class of share with no unusual restrictions. 
 
   12e. Objectives, policies and procedures for managing capital 
 
   The Group's capital management policy defines the Board oversight, risk 
appetite and tier structure of the Group's capital in addition to 
management actions that may be taken in respect of capital, such as 
dividend payments. 
 
   The Group aims to operate a capital-efficient business model by 
transferring a significant proportion of underwriting risk to 
co-insurance and reinsurance partners. This in turn reduces the amount 
of capital the Group needs to retain to operate and grow, and allows the 
Group to distribute the majority of its earnings as dividends. 
 
   The Board has determined that it will hold capital as follows: 
 
 
   -- Sufficient Solvency II Own Funds to meet all of the Group's Solvency II 
      capital requirements (over a 1 year and ultimate time horizon). 
 
   -- An additional contingency to cover unforeseen events and losses that 
      could realistically arise. This risk appetite buffer is assessed via 
      stress testing performed on an annual basis and is calibrated in relation 
      to the one-year regulatory SCR. 
 
 
   The Group's current risk appetite buffer is 30% above the regulatory 
SCR. This forms the lower bound of the longer-term solvency target 
operating range of 130% to 150%. 
 
   The Group's dividend policy is to: 
 
 
   -- Pay a normal dividend equal to 65% of post-tax profits for the period 
 
   -- Pay a special dividend calculated with reference to distributable 
      reserves and surplus capital held above the risk appetite buffer. 
 
 
   This policy gives the Directors flexibility in managing the Group's 
capital. 
 
   As noted above, the Group's regulatory capital position is calculated 
under the Solvency II Framework. The Solvency Capital Requirement is 
based on the Solvency II Standard Formula, with a capital-add-on to 
reflect limitations in the Standard Formula with respect to Admiral's 
risk profile (predominately in respect of profit commission arrangements 
in co-and reinsurance agreements and risks relating to Periodic Payment 
Order (PPO) claims. 
 
   Solvency Ratio (Unaudited) 
 
   At the date of this report (4 March 2020), the Group's regulatory 
solvency ratio, calculated using a capital add-on that has not been 
subject to regulatory approval, is 190% (2018: 194%). This includes the 
recognition of the 2019 final dividend of 77 pence per share (2018: 66 
pence per share). 
 
   The Group's 2019 Solvency and Financial Condition Report (SFCR) will, 
when published, disclose a solvency ratio that is calculated at the 
balance sheet dater rather than annual report date, using the capital 
add-on that was most recently subject to regulatory approval. The 
estimated and unaudited SFCR solvency ratio is 172%, with the 
reconciliation between this ratio and the 190% noted above being as 
follows: 
 
 
 
 
                                                         31 December  31 December 
                                                             2019         2018 
                                                             GBPm         GBPm 
Regulatory Solvency Ratio (Unaudited) 
Solvency Ratio reported in the Annual Report                    190%         194% 
Change in valuation date                                       (10%)        (10%) 
Other (including impact of updated, unapproved capital 
 add-on)                                                        (8%)        (14%) 
Solvency Ratio to be reported in the SFCR                       172%         170% 
-------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
 
   Subsidiaries 
 
   The Group manages the capital of its subsidiaries to ensure that all 
entities within the Group are able to continue as going concerns and 
also to ensure that regulated entities meet regulatory requirements with 
an appropriate risk appetite buffer. Excess capital above these levels 
within subsidiaries is paid up to the Group holding company in the form 
of dividends on a regular basis. 
 
   12f. Group related undertakings 
 
   The Parent Company's subsidiaries are as follows: 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary                                 Class        % Ownership    Principal 
                                            of                          Activity 
                                            shares 
                                            held 
Incorporated in England and Wales 
Registered office: Floors 3 & 4 No. 3 Capital 
 Quarter, Cardiff, CF10 4BZ 
   Admiral Law Limited                     Ordinary     95             Legal company 
Registered office: Admiral House, 
 Queensway, Newport, NP20 4AG 
   BDE Law Limited                         Ordinary     95 (indirect)  Legal company 
Registered office: Ellipse Ground Floor, 
 Padley Road, Swansea, SA1 8AN 
   Able Insurance Services Limited         Ordinary     100            Insurance 
                                                                       Intermediary 
Registered office: Greyfriars House, Greyfriars 
 Road, Cardiff, CF10 3AL 
   Penguin Portals Limited                 Ordinary     100            Internet-based 
    Inspop.com Limited                     Ordinary      100            Comparison Site 
                                                                        Internet-based 
                                                                        Comparison Site 
   Rastreator.com Limited                  Ordinary     75             Internet-based 
                                                                        Comparison Site 
Registered office: T Admiral, David 
 Street, Cardiff, CF10 2EH 
   EUI Limited                             Ordinary     100            Insurance 
                                                                       Intermediary 
   Admiral Insurance Company Limited       Ordinary     100            Insurance company 
   Admiral Life Limited                    Ordinary     100            Dormant(*) 
   Admiral Syndicate Limited               Ordinary     100            Dormant(*) 
   Admiral Syndicate Management Limited    Ordinary     100            Dormant(*) 
   Bell Direct Limited                     Ordinary     100            Dormant(*) 
   Confused.com Limited                    Ordinary     100            Dormant(*) 
   Diamond Motor Insurance Services        Ordinary     100            Dormant(*) 
   Limited 
   Elephant Insurance Services Limited     Ordinary     100            Dormant(*) 
   Admiral Financial Services Limited      Ordinary     100            Financial services 
                                                                        company 
   Preminen Price Comparison Holdings      Ordinary     50             Internet-based 
    Limited                                                             Comparison Site 
   Preminen Dragon Price Comparison        Ordinary     50 (indirect)  Internet-based 
   Limited                                                              Comparison Site 
 
Incorporated in Gibraltar 
Registered office: 1st Floor, 24 College 
 Lane, Gibraltar, GX11 1AA 
   Admiral Insurance (Gibraltar) Limited   Ordinary     100            Insurance company 
 
Incorporated in Spain 
Registered office: Calle Sanchez Pacheco 
 85 28002 Madrid 
   Rastreator Comparador Correduria De     Ordinary       75           Internet-based 
    Seguros S.L.U.                                        (indirect)    Comparison Site 
   Admiral Europe Compañía       Ordinary       100          Insurance company 
    de Seguros, S.A. 
Registered office: Calle Albert Einstein, 
 10 41092 Sevilla 
   Admiral Intermediary Services S.A.      Ordinary       100          Insurance 
                                                                       Intermediary 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Incorporated in France: 
Registered office: 34 quai de la loire, 
 75019, Paris 
   LeLynx SAS                                                                                             Ordinary                                          100              Internet-based 
                                                                                                                                                                              Comparison Site 
Incorporated in the United States 
 of America 
Registered office: Deep Run 1; Suite 400, 
 9950 Maryland Drive, Henrico, VA 23233 
   Elephant Insurance Company                                                                             Ordinary                                          100             Insurance company 
   Elephant Insurance Services LLC                                                                        Ordinary                                          100             Insurance 
                                                                                                                                                                            intermediary 
   Grove General Agency Inc                                                                               Ordinary                                          100             Insurance 
                                                                                                                                                                            intermediary 
   Platinum General Agency Inc                                                                            Ordinary                                          100             Insurance 
                                                                                                                                                                            intermediary 
Registered office: 140 East Shore Drive, 
 Suite 300, Glen Allen, VA 23059 
   compare.com Insurance Agency LLC                                                                       Ordinary                                          59.25           Internet-based 
                                                                                                                                                            (indirect)       Comparison Site 
   Inspop USA LLC                                                                                         Ordinary                                          59.25            Internet-based 
                                                                                                                                                                              Comparison Site 
 
Incorporated in Mexico 
Registered office: Varsovia, 36, 5th floor, office 501, Colonia Juárez, 
Cuauhtemoc, Ciudad de Mexico 
https://maps.google.com/?q=Varsovia,+36,+5th+floor,+office+501,+Colonia+Ju%C3%A1 
rez,+Cuauhtemoc,+Ciudad+de+Mexico&entry=gmail&source=g 
    Preminen Mexico Sociedad Anonima de Capital                                                                                                             51.25            Internet-based 
     Variable                                                                                                                                               (indirect)        Comparison Site 
Incorporated in Turkey 
Registered office: Esentepe MAH. Harman1 SK. Harmanci Giz Plaza 
 5 1 Sisli/ Istanbul 
    Preminen Online Fiyat Kar ıla                                                                                                                      50 (indirect)   Internet-based 
     tırma Hizmetleri Anonim irketi                                                                                                                     50 (indirect)   Comparison Site 
     Preminen Sigorta Brokerlik Anonim                                                                                                                                       Internet-based 
     Sirketi                                                                                                                                                                 Comparison Site 
Incorporated in India 
Registered office: F-2902, Ireo Grand 
 Arch, Sector 58,, Gurugram, HARYANA, 
 Gurgaon, Haryana, India, 122011 
    Preminen Price Comparison India Private                                                                                                                 50 (indirect)   Internet-based 
     Limited                                                                                                                                                                 Comparison Site 
 
    Subsidiaries by virtue of control 
The related undertakings below are subsidiaries in accordance with 
 IFRS 10, as Admiral can exercise dominant influence or control 
 over them: 
Registered office: Level 37, 25 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, 
 England, E14 5LQ 
    Seren One Limited                                                                                     n/a                                               0               Special purpose 
                                                                                                                                                                             entity 
 
     Associates 
Incorporated in China 
Registered office: Room 1806, 15th 
 Floor, Block 16, No. 39 East 3rd Ring 
 Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing 
     Long Yu Science and Technology (Beijing)                                                                                                               20.25           Internet-based 
      Co., Ltd                                                                                                                                              (indirect)       Comparison Site 
Incorporated in Bahrain 
Registered office: 4(th) Floor, Office 
 42, LMC Building 852, Road 3618, Block 
 436, Al Seef District, PO Box 60138, 
 Manama, Bahrain 
     Preminen MENA Price Comparison                                                                                                                         15 (indirect)   Internet-based 
                                                                                                                                                                             Comparison Site 
 
 
   * Exempt from audit under S479A of Companies Act 2006 
 
   For further information on how the Group conducts its business across 
the UK, Europe and the US, refer to the Strategic Report. 
 
   12g. Related party transactions 
 
   The Board considers that only the Executive and Non-Executive Directors 
of Admiral Group plc are key management personnel. 
 
   A summary of the remuneration of key management personnel is as follows, 
with further detail relating to the remuneration and shareholdings of 
key management personnel set out in the Directors' Remuneration Report. 
 
   Key management personnel received short term employee benefits in the 
year of GBP1,957,868 (2018: GBP1,835,302), post-employment benefits of 
GBP18,946 (2018: GBP18,573) and share based payments of GBP938,258 
(2018: GBP923,400). 
 
   Key management personnel are able to obtain discounted motor insurance 
at the same rates as all other Group staff, typically at a reduction of 
15%. 
 
   12h. Post balance sheet events 
 
   No events have occurred since the reporting date that materially impact 
these financial statements. 
 
   13. Reconciliations 
 
   The following tables reconcile significant key performance indicators 
and non-GAAP measures included in the Strategic Report to items included 
in the financial statements. 
 
   13a. Reconciliation of turnover to reported gross premiums written and 
Other Revenue as per the financial statements 
 
 
 
 
                                                      31 December  31 December 
                                                          2019         2018 
                                                          GBPm         GBPm 
Gross premiums written after co-insurance per note 
 5b of financial statements                               2,273.7      2,166.7 
Premiums underwritten through co-insurance 
 arrangements                                               610.7        587.4 
Total premiums written before co-insurance 
 arrangements                                             2,884.4      2,754.1 
Other Revenue                                               469.9        449.2 
Admiral Loans interest income and other fee income           30.8         15.4 
                                                          3,385.1      3,218.7 
Other(*1)                                                    59.0         44.9 
Turnover as per note 4b of financial statements           3,444.1      3,263.6 
Intra-group income elimination(*2)                           19.4         19.3 
Total turnover                                            3,463.5      3,282.9 
 
   (*1) Other reconciling items represent co-insurer and reinsurer shares 
of Other Revenue in the Group's Insurance businesses outside of UK Car 
Insurance. 
 
   (*2)     Intra-group income elimination relates to comparison income 
earned in the Group from other Group companies. 
 
   13b. Reconciliation of claims incurred to reported loss ratios, 
excluding releases on commuted reinsurance 
 
 
 
 
                                                                           Int.    Int.    Int. 
                                   UK Motor  UK Home  UK Other  UK Total    Car    Other   Total   Group 
December 2019                        GBPm      GBPm     GBPm      GBPm     GBPm    GBPm    GBPm     GBPm 
 
Net insurance claims 
 (note 5)                             164.7     26.8      24.3     215.8   137.2     6.3   143.5    359.3 
Deduct claims handling 
 costs                               (11.8)    (1.1)        --    (12.9)   (7.6)      --   (7.6)   (20.5) 
Prior year release/strengthening 
 -- net original share                121.7      2.5        --     124.2    14.4      --    14.4    138.6 
Prior year release/strengthening 
 -- commuted share                    121.7       --        --     121.7      --      --      --    121.7 
Impact of reinsurer 
 caps                                    --       --        --        --   (0.1)      --   (0.1)    (0.1) 
Impact of weather events                 --       --        --        --      --      --      --       -- 
Impact of subsidence                     --       --        --        --      --      --      --       -- 
Attritional current 
 period claims                        396.3     28.2      24.3     448.8   143.9     6.3   150.2    599.0 
 
Net insurance premium 
 revenue                              452.6     37.2      43.4     533.2   168.6     7.6   176.2    709.4 
 
Loss ratio -- current 
 period attritional                   87.6%    75.8%        --     84.2%   85.3%      --      --    84.4% 
Loss ratio -- current 
 period weather events                   --       --        --        --      --      --      --       -- 
Loss ratio -- current 
 period subsidence events                --       --        --        --      --      --      --       -- 
Loss ratio -- prior 
 year release/strengthening 
 (net original share)               (26.9%)   (6.7%)        --   (23.3%)  (8.5%)      --      --  (19.5%) 
 
Loss ratio -- reported                60.7%    69.1%        --     60.9%   76.8%      --      --    64.9% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                           Int.    Int.    Int. 
                                   UK Motor  UK Home  UK Other  UK Total    Car    Other   Total   Group 
December 2018                        GBPm      GBPm     GBPm      GBPm     GBPm    GBPm    GBPm     GBPm 
 
Net insurance claims 
 (note 5)                             189.2     29.3      24.0     242.5   104.1     3.5   107.6    350.1 
Deduct claims handling 
 costs                               (11.3)    (0.5)        --    (11.8)      --      --      --   (11.8) 
Prior year release/strengthening 
 -- net original share                111.4      1.4        --     112.8    13.5      --    13.5    126.3 
Prior year release/strengthening 
 -- commuted share                    109.6       --        --     109.6      --      --      --    109.6 
Impact of reinsurer 
 caps                                    --       --        --        --     4.5      --     4.5      4.5 
Impact of weather events                 --    (3.5)        --     (3.5)      --      --      --    (3.5) 
Impact of subsidence                     --    (2.5)        --     (2.5)      --      --      --    (2.5) 
Attritional current 
 period claims                        398.9     24.2      24.0     447.1   122.1     3.5   125.6    572.7 
 
Net insurance premium 
 revenue                              452.5     31.2      40.2     523.9   141.7     6.2   147.9    671.8 
 
Loss ratio -- current 
 period attritional                   88.1%    77.6%        --     85.3%   86.1%      --      --    85.2% 
Loss ratio -- current 
 period weather events                   --    11.2%        --      0.7%      --      --      --     0.5% 
Loss ratio -- current 
 period subsidence events                --     7.9%        --      0.5%      --      --      --     0.4% 
Loss ratio -- prior 
 year release/strengthening 
 (net original share)               (24.6%)   (4.4%)        --   (21.5%)  (9.5%)      --      --  (18.8%) 
 
Loss ratio -- reported(*1)            63.5%    92.3%        --     65.0%   76.6%      --      --    67.3% 
 
 
   *1 The group reported loss ratio has been represented at FY 2019 to 
include the impact of weather events 
 
   13c. Reconciliation of expenses related to insurance contracts to 
reported expense ratios 
 
 
 
 
                                                                           Int.    Int. 
                         UK Motor  UK Home  UK Other  UK Total  Int. Car   Other   Total  Group 
December 2019              GBPm      GBPm     GBPm      GBPm      GBPm     GBPm    GBPm    GBPm 
 
Net insurance expenses 
 (note 9)                    63.4      9.3       4.9      77.6      45.8     1.3    47.1  124.7 
Claims handling costs        11.8      1.1        --      12.9       7.6      --     7.6   20.5 
Intra-group expenses 
 elimination(*1)             10.8      0.4       1.1      12.3       7.1      --     7.1   19.4 
Impact of reinsurer 
 caps                          --       --        --        --       2.9      --     2.9    2.9 
Net IFRS 16 finance 
 costs                        0.5       --        --       0.5       0.1      --     0.1    0.6 
Adjusted net insurance 
 expenses                    86.5     10.8       6.0     103.3      63.5     1.3    64.8  168.1 
                         --------  -------  --------  --------  --------  ------  ------  ----- 
 
 
Net insurance premium 
 revenue                    452.6     37.2      43.4     533.2     168.6     7.6   176.2  709.4 
 
Expense ratio -- 
 reported                   19.1%    28.9%        --     19.4%     37.6%      --      --  23.7% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                Int.    Int.    Int. 
                         UK Motor  UK Home  UK Other  UK Total   Car    Other   Total  Group 
December 2018              GBPm      GBPm     GBPm      GBPm     GBPm   GBPm    GBPm    GBPm 
 
Net insurance expenses 
 (note 9)                    59.7      7.4       5.6      72.7   49.7     2.6    52.3  125.0 
Claims handling costs        11.3      0.5        --      11.8     --      --      --   11.8 
Intra-group expenses 
 elimination(*1)             12.3      0.8        --      13.1    6.2      --     6.2   19.3 
Impact of reinsurer 
 caps                          --       --        --        --    0.2      --     0.2    0.2 
Other adjustment(*2)           --       --        --        --     --   (2.6)   (2.6)  (2.6) 
Adjusted net insurance 
 expenses                    83.3      8.7       5.6      97.6   56.1      --    56.1  153.7 
 
 
Net insurance premium 
 revenue                    452.5     31.2      40.2     523.9  141.7     6.2   147.9  671.8 
 
Expense ratio -- 
 reported                   18.4%    28.1%        --        --  39.6%      --      --  22.9% 
 
   *1  The intra-group expenses elimination amount relates to aggregator 
fees charges by the Group's comparison entities to other Group 
companies. 
 
   *2  Other adjustments relate to additional products underwritten in the 
Group's International Insurance businesses. The contribution from these 
products is reported as ancillary income and as such the amounts are 
excluded for the purpose of calculations of expense ratios. 
 
   13d.       Reconciliation of statutory profit before tax to Group's 
share of profit before tax 
 
 
 
 
                                                         31 December  31 December 
                                                             2019         2018 
                                                             GBPm         GBPm 
Reported profit before tax per the consolidated income 
 statement                                                     522.6        476.2 
Non-controlling interest share of profit before tax              3.5          3.1 
Group's share of profit before tax                             526.1        479.3 
 
 
   13e. Reconciliation of share scheme charges in Strategic report to 
Consolidated income statement and Consolidated statement of changes in 
equity 
 
 
 
 
                                                     31 December  31 December 
                                                         2019         2018 
                                                         GBPm         GBPm 
Net share scheme charges included in Group's share 
 of profit before tax                                       52.7         49.0 
Non-controlling interest share of net share scheme 
 charges                                                     0.7          0.8 
Net share scheme charges included in Group profit 
 before tax                                                 53.4         49.8 
 
 
   13f. Reconciliation of note 4 to Strategic Report 
 
   i)                    UK Insurance 
 
 
 
 
                                            Motor   Household  Travel   Total 
2019                                         GBPm      GBPm     GBPm     GBPm 
Turnover                                   2,455.3      171.3     8.4  2,635.0 
UK Insurance profit before tax -- 
 Strategic report                            591.5        7.5   (1.6)    597.4 
Non-controlling interest share of PBT          0.5         --      --      0.5 
Statutory profit/(loss) before tax           592.0        7.5   (1.6)    597.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                            Motor   Household  Travel   Total 
2018                                         GBPm      GBPm     GBPm     GBPm 
Turnover                                   2,423.1      146.0     6.6  2,575.7 
UK Insurance profit before tax -- 
 Strategic report                            561.7      (3.0)   (3.1)    555.6 
Non-controlling interest share of PBT          1.1         --      --      1.1 
Statutory profit/(loss) before tax           562.8      (3.0)   (3.1)    556.7 
 
 
   ii)                   International Insurance 
 
 
 
 
                                            Spain  Italy  France   US    Total 
2019                                         GBPm   GBPm   GBPm    GBPm   GBPm 
Turnover                                     78.2  204.2   108.1  233.1  623.6 
Profit/(loss) before tax -- Strategic 
 Report and Statutory                               8.7           (9.6)  (0.9) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                            Spain  Italy  France   US    Total 
2018                                         GBPm   GBPm   GBPm    GBPm   GBPm 
Turnover                                     67.6  176.8    80.5  213.8  538.7 
Profit/(loss) before tax -- Strategic 
 Report and Statutory                               6.4           (7.5)  (1.1) 
 
 
   iii)                 Comparison 
 
 
 
 
                                                         Confused  European  Compare  Other  Total 
  2019                                                     GBPm      GBPm      GBPm    GBPm   GBPm 
------------------------------------------------------- 
Turnover                                                    112.7      50.1      7.3    1.5  171.6 
Group's share of profit before tax -- Strategic Report       20.4       3.5    (4.3)  (1.6)   18.0 
Non-controlling interest share of profit/(loss) before 
 tax                                                           --       1.0    (2.9)  (1.4)  (3.3) 
Statutory profit/(loss) before tax                           20.4       4.5    (7.2)  (3.0)   14.7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                         Confused  European  Compare  Total 
2018                                                       GBPm      GBPm      GBPm    GBPm 
Turnover                                                     95.1      46.3      9.7  151.0 
Group's share of profit before tax -- Strategic Report       14.3       1.4    (6.9)    8.8 
Non-controlling interest share of profit/(loss) before 
 tax                                                           --       0.9    (3.1)  (2.2) 
Statutory profit/(loss) before tax                           14.3       2.3   (10.0)    6.6 
 
 
   14. Statutory Information 
 
   The financial information set out above does not constitute the 
company's statutory accounts for the years ended 31 December 2019 or 
2018. Statutory accounts for 2018 have been delivered to the registrar 
of companies, and those for 2019 will be delivered in due course. The 
auditors have reported on those accounts; their reports were (i) 
unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which 
the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their 
report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or 
(3) of the Companies Act 2006. 
 
   Consolidated financial summary (unaudited) 
 
   Basis of preparation 
 
   The figures below are as stated in the Group financial statements 
preceding this financial summary and issued previously. Only selected 
lines from the income statement and balance sheet have been included. 
 
   Income statement 
 
 
 
 
                                  2019     2018     2017     2016     2015 
                                   GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm 
Total premiums                   2,938.6  2,766.4  2,499.4  2,193.9  1,805.2 
Net insurance premium revenue      709.4    671.8    619.1    548.8    467.0 
Other Revenue                      494.4    460.6    401.1    360.6    319.8 
Profit commission                  114.9     93.2     67.0     54.3     85.4 
Investment and interest income      35.3     36.0     41.7     53.1     32.6 
Net revenue                      1,354.0  1,261.6  1,128.9  1,016.8    904.8 
Net insurance claims             (359.3)  (350.1)  (347.1)  (394.6)  (226.5) 
Net expenses                     (459.5)  (424.0)  (366.9)  (332.4)  (298.5) 
Operating profit                   535.2    487.5    414.9    289.8    379.8 
Net finance costs                 (12.6)   (11.3)   (11.4)   (11.4)   (11.1) 
Profit before tax                  522.6    476.2    403.5    278.4    368.7 
 
 
   Balance sheet 
 
 
 
 
                                    2019     2018     2017     2016     2015 
                                     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm 
Property and equipment               154.4     28.1     31.3     32.0     34.9 
Intangible assets                    160.3    162.0    159.4    162.3    142.3 
Deferred income tax                     --      0.2      0.3      8.4     20.6 
Reinsurance assets                 2,071.7  1,883.5  1,637.6  1,126.4    878.7 
Insurance and other receivables    1,227.7  1,082.0    939.7    784.9    537.1 
Loans and advances to customers      455.1    300.2     66.2 
Financial investments              3,234.5  2,969.7  2,697.8  2,420.2  2,323.5 
Cash and cash equivalents            281.7    376.8    326.8    326.6    265.3 
Total assets                       7,585.4  6,802.5  5,859.1  4,860.8  4,202.4 
---------------------------------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------- 
Equity                               918.6    771.1    655.8    581.7    632.9 
Insurance contracts                3,975.0  3,736.4  3,313.9  2,749.5  2,295.0 
Subordinated and other financial 
 liabilities                         530.1    444.2    224.0    224.0    223.9 
Trade and other payables           1,975.9  1,801.5  1,641.6  1,292.2  1,015.0 
Lease liabilities                    137.1       --       --       --       -- 
Deferred income tax                    0.4       --       --       --       -- 
Current tax liabilities               48.3     49.3     23.8     13.4     35.6 
Total equity and total 
 liabilities                       7,585.4  6,802.5  5,859.1  4,860.8  4,202.4 
 
 
 
 
   Glossary 
 
   Alternative Performance Measures 
 
   Throughout this report, the Group uses a number of Alternative 
Performance Measures (APMs); measures that are not required or commonly 
reported under International Financial Reporting Standards, the 
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) under which the Group 
prepares its financial statements. 
 
   These APMs are used by the Group, alongside GAAP measures, for both 
internal performance analysis and to help shareholders and other users 
of the Annual Report and financial statements to better understand the 
Group's performance in the period in comparison to previous periods and 
the Group's competitors. 
 
   The table below defines and explains the primary APMs used in this 
report. Financial APMs are usually derived from financial statement 
items and are calculated using consistent accounting policies to those 
applied in the financial statements, unless otherwise stated. Non 
financial KPIs incorporate information that cannot be derived from the 
financial statements but provide further insight into the performance 
and financial position of the Group. 
 
   APMs may not necessarily be defined in a consistent manner to similar 
APMs used by the Group's competitors. They should be considered as a 
supplement rather than a substitute for GAAP measures. 
 
 
 
 
Turnover             Turnover is defined as total premiums written 
                      (as below), other revenue and income from Admiral 
                      Loans. It is reconciled to financial statement 
                      line items in note 13a to the financial statements. 
                      This measure has been presented by the Group 
                      in every Annual Report since it became a listed 
                      Group in 2004. It reflects the total value of 
                      the revenue generated by the Group and analysis 
                      of this measure over time provides a clear indication 
                      of the size and growth of the Group. 
                      The measure was developed as a result of the 
                      Group's business model. The core UK Car insurance 
                      business has historically shared a significant 
                      proportion of the risks with Munich Re, a third 
                      party reinsurance Group, through a co-insurance 
                      arrangement, with the arrangement subsequently 
                      being replicated in some of the Group's international 
                      insurance operations. Premiums and claims accruing 
                      to the external co-insurer are not reflected 
                      in the Group's income statement and therefore 
                      presentation of this metric enables users of 
                      the Annual Report to see the scale of the Group's 
                      insurance operations in a way not possible from 
                      taking the income statement in isolation. 
-------------------  ----------------------------------------------------------- 
Total Premiums       Total premiums written are the total forecast 
 Written              premiums, net of forecast cancellations written 
                      in the underwriting year within the Group, including 
                      co-insurance. It is reconciled to financial statement 
                      line items in note 13a to the financial statements. 
                      This measure has been presented by the Group 
                      in every Annual Report since it became a listed 
                      Group in 2004. It reflects the total premiums 
                      written by the Group's insurance intermediaries 
                      and analysis of this measure over time provides 
                      a clear indication of the growth in premiums, 
                      irrespective of how co-insurance agreements have 
                      changed over time. 
                      The reasons for presenting this measure are consistent 
                      with that for the Turnover APM noted above. 
Group's share of     Group's share of profit before tax represents 
 Profit before Tax    profit before tax, excluding the impact of Non-controlling 
                      Interests. It is reconciled to statutory profit 
                      before tax in note 13d to the financial statements. 
                      This measure is useful in presenting the limit 
                      of the Group's exposure to the expenditure incurred 
                      in starting up new businesses and demonstrates 
                      the 'test-and-learn' strategy employed by the 
                      Group to expansion into new territories. 
Underwriting result  For each insurance business an underwriting result 
 (profit or loss)     is presented showing the segment result prior 
                      to the inclusion of profit commission, other 
                      income contribution and instalment income. It 
                      demonstrates the insurance result, i.e. premium 
                      revenue and investment income on insurance assets 
                      less claims incurred and insurance expenses. 
Loss Ratio           Reported loss ratios are expressed as a percentage 
                      of claims incurred divided by net earned premiums. 
                      There are a number of instances within the Annual 
                      Report where adjustments are made to this calculation 
                      in order to more clearly present the underlying 
                      performance of the Group and operating segments 
                      within the Group. The calculations of these are 
                      presented within note 13b to the accounts and 
                      explanation is as follows. 
                      UK reported motor loss ratio: Within the UK insurance 
                      segment the Group separately presents motor ratios, 
                      i.e. excluding the underwriting of other products 
                      that supplement the car insurance policy. The 
                      motor ratio is adjusted to i) exclude the impact 
                      of reserve releases on commuted reinsurance contracts 
                      and ii) exclude claims handling costs that are 
                      reported within claims costs in the income statement. 
                      International insurance loss ratio: As for the 
                      UK Motor loss ratio, the international insurance 
                      loss ratios presented exclude the underwriting 
                      of other products that supplement the car insurance 
                      policy. The motor ratio is adjusted to exclude 
                      the claims element of the impact of reinsurer 
                      caps as inclusion of the impact of the capping 
                      of reinsurer claims costs would distort the underlying 
                      performance of the business. 
                      Group loss ratios: Group loss ratios are reported 
                      on a consistent basis as the UK and international 
                      ratios noted above. Adjustments are made to i) 
                      exclude the impact of reserve releases on commuted 
                      reinsurance contracts, ii) exclude claims handling 
                      costs that are reported within claims costs in 
                      the income statement and iii) exclude the claims 
                      element of the impact of international reinsurer 
                      caps. 
Expense Ratio        Reported expense ratios are expressed as a percentage 
                      of net operating expenses divided by net earned 
                      premiums. 
                      There are a number of instances within the Annual 
                      Report where adjustments are made to this calculation 
                      in order to more clearly present the underlying 
                      performance of the Group and operating segments 
                      within the Group. The calculations of these are 
                      presented within note 13c to the accounts and 
                      explanation is as follows. 
                      UK reported motor expense ratio: Within the UK 
                      insurance segment the Group separately presents 
                      motor ratios, i.e. excluding the underwriting 
                      of other products that supplement the car insurance 
                      policy. The motor ratio is adjusted to i) include 
                      claims handling costs that are reported within 
                      claims costs in the income statement and ii) 
                      include intra-group aggregator fees charged by 
                      the UK comparison business to the UK insurance 
                      business. 
                      International insurance expense ratio: As for 
                      the UK Motor loss ratio, the international insurance 
                      expense ratios presented exclude the underwriting 
                      of other products that supplement the car insurance 
                      policy. The motor ratio is adjusted to i) exclude 
                      the expense element of the impact of reinsurer 
                      caps as inclusion of the impact of the capping 
                      of reinsurer expenses would distort the underlying 
                      performance of the business and ii) include intra-group 
                      aggregator fees charged by the overseas comparison 
                      businesses to the international insurance businesses. 
                      Group expense ratios: Group expense ratios are 
                      reported on a consistent basis as the UK and 
                      international ratios noted above. Adjustments 
                      are made to i) include claims handling costs 
                      that are reported within claims costs in the 
                      income statement, ii) include intra-group aggregator 
                      fees charged by the Group's comparison businesses 
                      to the Group's insurance businesses and iii) 
                      exclude the expense element of the impact of 
                      international reinsurer caps. 
Combined Ratio       Reported combined ratios are the sum of the loss 
                      and expense ratios as defined above. Explanation 
                      of these figures is noted above and reconciliation 
                      of the calculations are provided in notes 13b 
                      and 13c. 
Return on Equity     Return on equity is calculated as profit after 
                      tax for the period attributable to equity holders 
                      of the Group divided by the average total equity 
                      attributable to equity holders of the Group in 
                      the year. This average is determined by dividing 
                      the opening and closing positions for the year 
                      by two. 
                      The relevant figures for this calculation can 
                      be found within the consolidated statement of 
                      changes in equity. 
Group Customers      Group customer numbers reflect the total number 
                      of cars, households and vans on cover at the 
                      end of the year, across the Group. 
                      This measure has been presented by the Group 
                      in every Annual Report since it became a listed 
                      Group in 2004. It reflects the size of the Group's 
                      customer base and analysis of this measure over 
                      time provides a clear indication of the growth. 
                      It is also a useful indicator of the growing 
                      significance to the Group of the different lines 
                      of business and geographic regions. 
Effective Tax Rate   Effective tax rate is defined as the approximate 
                      tax rate derived from dividing the Group's profit 
                      before tax by the tax charge going through the 
                      income statement. It is a measure historically 
                      presented by the Group and enables users to see 
                      how the tax cost incurred by the Group compares 
                      over time and to current corporation tax rates. 
 
 
   Additional Terminology 
 
   There are many other terms used in this report that are specific to the 
Group or the markets in which it operates. These are defined as follows: 
 
 
 
 
Accident year          The year in which an accident occurs, also referred 
                        to as the earned basis. 
---------------------  ------------------------------------------------------- 
Actuarial best         The probability-weighted average of all future 
 estimate               claims and cost scenarios calculated using historical 
                        data, actuarial methods and judgement. 
ASHE                   'Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings' -- a statistical 
                        index that is typically used for calculation 
                        inflation of annual payment amounts under Periodic 
                        Payment Order (PPO) claims settlements. 
Claims reserves        A monetary amount set aside for the future payment 
                        of incurred claims that have not yet been settled, 
                        thus representing a balance sheet liability. 
Co-insurance           An arrangement in which two or more insurance 
                        companies agree to underwrite insurance business 
                        on a specified portfolio in specified proportions. 
                        Each co-insurer is directly liable to the policyholder 
                        for their proportional share. 
Commutation            An agreement between a ceding insurer and the 
                        reinsurer that provides for the valuation, payment, 
                        and complete discharge of all obligations between 
                        the parties under a particular reinsurance contract. 
                        The Group typically commutes UK Car insurance 
                        quota share contracts after 24 months from the 
                        start of an underwriting year where it makes 
                        economic sense to do so. Although an individual 
                        underwriting year may be profitable, the margin 
                        held in the financial statement claims reserves 
                        may mean that an accounting loss on commutation 
                        must be recognised at the point of commutation 
                        of the reinsurance contracts. This loss on commutation 
                        unwinds in future periods as the financial statement 
                        loss ratios develop to ultimate. 
Insurance market       The tendency for the insurance market to swing 
 cycle                  between highs and lows of profitability over 
                        time, with the potential to influence premium 
                        rates (also known as the "underwriting cycle"). 
Net claims             The cost of claims incurred in the period, less 
                        any claims costs recovered under reinsurance 
                        contracts. It includes both claims payments and 
                        movements in claims reserves. 
Net insurance premium  Also referred to as net earned premium. The element 
 revenue                of premium, less reinsurance premium, earned 
                        in the period. 
Ogden discount         The discount rate used in calculation of personal 
 rate                   injury claims settlements. The rate is set by 
                        the Lord Chancellor. 
Periodic Payment       A compensation award as part of a claims settlement 
 Order (PPO)            that involves making a series of annual payments 
                        to a claimant over their remaining life to cover 
                        the costs of the care they will require. 
Premium                A series of payments are made by the policyholder, 
                        typically monthly or annually, for part of or 
                        all of the duration of the contract. Written 
                        premium refers to the total amount the policyholder 
                        has contracted for, whereas earned premium refers 
                        to the recognition of this premium over the life 
                        of the contract. 
Profit commission      A clause found in some reinsurance and coinsurance 
                        agreements that provides for profit sharing. 
Reinsurance            Contractual arrangements whereby the Group transfers 
                        part or all of the insurance risk accepted to 
                        another insurer. This can be on a quota share 
                        basis (a percentage share of premiums, claims 
                        and expenses) or an excess of loss basis (full 
                        reinsurance for claims over an agreed value). 
Securitisation         A process by which a group of assets, usually 
                        loans, is aggregated into a pool, which is used 
                        to back the issuance of new securities. A company 
                        transfer assets to a special purpose entity (SPE) 
                        which then issues securities backed by the assets. 
Special Purpose        An entity that is created to accomplish a narrow 
 Entity (SPE)           and well-defined objective. There are specific 
                        restrictions or limited around ongoing activities. 
                        The Group uses an SPE set up under a securitisation 
                        programme. 
Ultimate loss ratio    A projected actuarial best estimate loss ratio 
                        for a particular accident year or underwriting 
                        year. 
Underwriting year      The year in which the policy was incepted. 
Underwriting year      Also referred to as the written basis. Claims 
 basis                  incurred are allocated to the calendar year in 
                        which the policy was underwritten. Underwriting 
                        year basis results are calculated on the whole 
                        account (including co-insurance and reinsurance 
                        shares) and include all premiums, claims, expenses 
                        incurred and other revenue (for example instalment 
                        income and commission income relating to the 
                        sale of products that are ancillary to the main 
                        insurance policy) relating to policies incepting 
                        in the relevant underwriting year. 
Written/Earned         A policy can be written in one calendar year 
 basis                  but earned over a subsequent calendar year. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(END) Dow Jones Newswires

March 05, 2020 02:00 ET (07:00 GMT)

Copyright (c) 2020 Dow Jones & Company, Inc.
Admiral (LSE:ADM)
Historical Stock Chart
From Jun 2024 to Jul 2024 Click Here for more Admiral Charts.
Admiral (LSE:ADM)
Historical Stock Chart
From Jul 2023 to Jul 2024 Click Here for more Admiral Charts.